Fixed format errors found by TX (#1382)

en_tn_02-EXO.tsv

@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ EXO	20	4	rkn1			0	nor the likeness	“and you must not make the likeness”
 EXO	20	5	ka3i			0	You must not bow down to them or worship them	The word “them” refers to carved figures or idols.
 EXO	20	5	r6zh			0	jealous	God wants his people to worship only him.
 EXO	20	5	w4cs			0	punish the ancestors’ wickedness by bringing punishment on the descendants	God will punish people for the sin of their parents.
-EXO	20	5	s2ia	translate-ordinal		0	to the third and the fourth generation	“to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+EXO	20	5	s2ia	translate-ordinal		0	to the third and the fourth generation	“to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	20	6	u9nc	figs-abstractnouns		0	I show covenant faithfulness to thousands of those who love me	The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “I faithfully love thousands of those who love me” or “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EXO	20	6	yw38	figs-explicit		0	to thousands of those who love me	The word “thousands” is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “forever to those who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 EXO	20	7	t3k2			0	take the name of Yahweh your God	“use the name of Yahweh your God”
@@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ EXO	33	16	tu8e	figs-activepassive		0	how will it be known	This can be expressed
 EXO	33	16	cgl8	figs-rquestion		0	how will it be known…people?	Moses used this question in order to emphasize that if God does not go with them, no one will know that Moses had found favor in God’s sight. Alternate translation: “no one will know…people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 EXO	33	16	u82a			0	Will it not only be if	“Will it not only be known if”
 EXO	33	17	aln2	figs-you		0	General Information:	When Yahweh uses the word “you” in this verse, it is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-EXO	33	17	ln7y	figs-idiom		0	you have found favor in my eyes	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and  sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am pleased with you” or “I approve of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO	33	17	ln7y	figs-idiom		0	you have found favor in my eyes	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am pleased with you” or “I approve of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	33	17	u2nv	figs-idiom		0	I know you by name	To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	33	19	sx1a	figs-metonymy		0	I will make all my goodness pass before you	God speaks of walking past Moses so that Moses can see his goodness as if only his goodness would go past Moses. Alternate translation: “I will move past you so that you may see my goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	33	21	s4iy			0	See	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ EXO	34	7	x397	figs-123person		0	he will by no means clear the guilty	Yahweh is s
 EXO	34	7	ts1b			0	will by no means clear the guilty	“will certainly not clear the guilty” or “will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “will certainly not free guilty people”
 EXO	34	7	px85	figs-metaphor		0	He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children	Punishing people is spoken of as if punishment were an object that someone could bring on people. Alternate translation: “He will punish the children for their fathers’ sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	34	7	c3tb	figs-metonymy		0	their children	The word “children” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	34	9	mh3a	figs-idiom		0	If now I have found favor in your eyes	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and  sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO	34	9	mh3a	figs-idiom		0	If now I have found favor in your eyes	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	34	9	hw66	figs-doublet		0	our iniquity and our sin	The words “iniquity” and “sin” mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EXO	34	9	n6e5	figs-metaphor		0	take us as your inheritance	Something that someone possesses forever is spoken of as if it were something that they had inherited. Alternate translation: “take us as the people that you possess forever” or “accept us as the people who belong to you forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	34	10	zdq6	figs-you		0	your people	Here “your” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

en_tn_03-LEV.tsv

@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ LEV	3	16	c52y			0	will burn all that on the altar as a burnt offering of food	Tr
 LEV	3	16	jfy7	figs-metaphor		0	to produce a sweet aroma	Yahweh is pleased with the aroma of burning meat when he is pleased with the worshiper’s sincerity. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	3	17	d5fs			0	It will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations	This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever.
 LEV	3	17	q2wd			0	or blood	“or consume blood”
-LEV	4	intro	wrl4			0		# Leviticus 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins. This is known as a sin offering.  (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unintentional sins<br>Many scholars have taken special note that all of the sacrifices concern sins that are unintentional and that no provision is offered for sins intentionally committed. Many have suggested that it is only the sacrifice of Jesus’ life that can be offered for these sins. Many also believe that this offering parallels the sacrifice of Jesus.
+LEV	4	intro	wrl4			0		# Leviticus 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins. This is known as a sin offering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unintentional sins<br>Many scholars have taken special note that all of the sacrifices concern sins that are unintentional and that no provision is offered for sins intentionally committed. Many have suggested that it is only the sacrifice of Jesus’ life that can be offered for these sins. Many also believe that this offering parallels the sacrifice of Jesus.
 LEV	4	2	zhp4	figs-quotesinquotes		0	“Tell the people of Israel, ‘When anyone sins	The words beginning with “Yahweh spoke to Moses, saying” (verse 1) begin a quotation that contains a quotation that begins with “Tell the people of Israel.” A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. “Yahweh spoke to Moses and told him to tell the people of Israel this: ‘When anyone sins” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 LEV	4	2	qh8x	figs-activepassive		0	that Yahweh has commanded not to be done	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	4	2	j3zb	figs-activepassive		0	if he does something that is prohibited	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “if he does something that Yahweh does not allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ LEV	25	54	yn4a	figs-activepassive		0	If he is not redeemed by these means	This c
 LEV	25	54	u2vz			0	by these means	“in this way”
 LEV	25	54	e1ni			0	he must serve until the year of Jubilee, he and his children with him	The Israelite slave and his children would serve the foreigner until the year of Jubilee, and then the foreigner would have to set the Israelite and his children free.
 LEV	25	55	g12z			0	To me the people of Israel are servants	“For it is to me that the people of Israel are servants.” This is the reason that God wanted the Israelites to be set free in the year of jubilee. They were his servants. They were not permitted to be anyone else’s permanent slave.
-LEV	26	intro	tb8x			0		# Leviticus 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>###  Worship only Yahweh<br><br>If people obey God and worship only him, he will bless and protect them. If people disobey his law and if they worship other gods, then he will severely punish them to help them to repent and begin obeying him. This takes the form of a promise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+LEV	26	intro	tb8x			0		# Leviticus 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br><br>If people obey God and worship only him, he will bless and protect them. If people disobey his law and if they worship other gods, then he will severely punish them to help them to repent and begin obeying him. This takes the form of a promise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
 LEV	26	1	cd19			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 LEV	26	2	rh4n			0	keep my Sabbaths	“obey the rules for my Sabbaths”
 LEV	26	3	wkx2	figs-parallelism		0	walk in my laws and keep my commandments and obey them	These are three ways of saying the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything that God commands them to do. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey my laws and commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

en_tn_04-NUM.tsv

@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ NUM	22	38	re6i	figs-metaphor		0	the words that God puts into my mouth	The messag
 NUM	22	39	lt48	translate-names		0	Kiriath Huzoth	This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	22	40	e9l3			0	some meat	“some of the meat from the sacrifices”
 NUM	22	41	sx5n			0	the high place of Baal	Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the same place as Bamoth in [Numbers 21:19](../21/19.md). The word Bamoth means “the high place,” or (2) this is another high place where people sacrificed to Baal.
-NUM	23	intro	kt51			0		# Numbers 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and  [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+NUM	23	intro	kt51			0		# Numbers 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
 NUM	23	1	js8j			0	Balak	This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
 NUM	23	1	yr7z			0	prepare seven bulls and seven rams	“kill seven bulls and seven rams as a sacrifice”
 NUM	23	3	s7kv			0	Stand at your burnt offering and I will go	“Stay here with your burnt offering and I will go a distance away”
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ NUM	23	24	jm1j	figs-metaphor		0	the people rise like a lioness…he has killed	T
 NUM	23	25	yxn3			0	Balak	This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
 NUM	23	26	sl4c	figs-rquestion		0	Did I not tell you that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say?	Balaam uses this rhetorical question to remind Balak that Balaam refused to disobey God even before he came to Balak. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I told you before that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	23	28	jd2z	figs-explicit		0	which looks down on the wilderness	It is understood that this wilderness was where Israel was camped. Alternate translation: “which looks down on the wilderness where Israel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	24	intro	g6vw			0		# Numbers 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home.  This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+NUM	24	intro	g6vw			0		# Numbers 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
 NUM	24	1	w9kx			0	as at the other times	“like he did the previous times”
 NUM	24	2	wa9k	figs-idiom		0	He raised his eyes	Here “raised his eyes” is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “He looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	24	2	vd4a			0	Spirit of God came on him	This mean’s God’s Spirit took control of him to prophesy.
@@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ NUM	29	14	idt9	translate-fraction		0	three-tenths of an ephah	The phrase “of f
 NUM	29	14	hgf4	translate-numbers		0	thirteen bulls	“13 bulls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	29	14	qmq4	figs-ellipsis		0	two-tenths	The phrase “of an ephah of fine flour” is understood from earlier in the sentence. “Two-tenths” means two parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters of fine flour” or “two-tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	29	15	jj7t	translate-numbers		0	fourteen lambs	“14 lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	29	15	qqa5	translate-fraction		0	a tenth of an ephah	The phrase “of fine flour” is understood from earlier in the sentence.  “A tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters of fine flour” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
+NUM	29	15	qqa5	translate-fraction		0	a tenth of an ephah	The phrase “of fine flour” is understood from earlier in the sentence. “A tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters of fine flour” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	29	16	vxx2			0	its grain offering, and the drink offering with it	The grain offering and drink offering accompany the regular burnt offering.
 NUM	29	17	r62t	translate-ordinal		0	On the second day of the assembly	“On day 2 of the festival.” Here the word “assembly” refers to the Festival of Weeks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	29	17	dus6	translate-numbers		0	twelve young bulls, two rams, and fourteen male lambs	“12 young bulls, 2 rams, and 14 male lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ NUM	32	3	dwl6	translate-names		0	Ataroth, Dibon, Jazer, Nimrah, Heshbon, Elealeh
 NUM	32	4	fd7v			0	General Information:	The people from Reuben and Gad continue speaking to Moses, Eleazar, and the other leaders.
 NUM	32	4	t4lw	figs-metaphor		0	the lands that Yahweh attacked before the community of Israel	Yahweh enabling the Israelites to conquer the people who lived in the land is spoken of as if Yahweh went before the Israelites and attacked the people. Alternate translation: “the lands where Yahweh enabled us to defeat the people living there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	32	4	a77c			0	We, your servants	The people of the tribes of Reuben and Gad refer to themselves in this way to show respect to a person of higher authority.
-NUM	32	5	pl1g	figs-idiom		0	If we have found favor in your eyes	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that the leaders are pleased with them. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and  sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. Alternate translation: “If we have found favor with you” or “If you are pleased with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM	32	5	pl1g	figs-idiom		0	If we have found favor in your eyes	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that the leaders are pleased with them. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. Alternate translation: “If we have found favor with you” or “If you are pleased with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	32	5	q5ik	figs-activepassive		0	let this land be given to us	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “give this land to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	32	5	gd1t	figs-explicit		0	Do not make us cross over the Jordan	They wanted the land on the east side of the Jordan River instead of crossing over to the west side and claiming land there. Alternate translation: “Do not make us cross over the Jordan to take possession of land on that side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	32	6	sua3	figs-rquestion		0	Should your brothers go to war while you settle down here?	Moses asks this question to rebuke the people from the tribes of Gad and Reuben. Alternate translation: “It is wrong for you to settle down in this land while your brothers go to war.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

en_tn_06-JOS.tsv

@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ JOS	1	16	c7t9			0	General Information:	These Isrelites were specifically the Reu
 JOS	1	18	rel4	figs-parallelism	יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ	1	rebels against your commands and disobeys your words	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JOS	1	18	lbc3	figs-activepassive	יוּמָ֑ת	1	will be put to death	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JOS	1	18	zez7	figs-parallelism	חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ	1	be strong and courageous	Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-JOS	2	intro	vg4m			0		# Joshua 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+JOS	2	intro	vg4m			0		# Joshua 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
 JOS	2	1	ig8n	translate-names	נ֠וּן	1	Nun	This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JOS	2	1	w886	translate-names	הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים	1	Shittim	This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JOS	2	1	z78b		מְרַגְּלִים֙	1	as spies	These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ JOS	8	12	ycd3	translate-numbers	כַּ⁠חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים
 JOS	8	13	j7b9			0	General Information:	The Israelites prepare to fight the people of Ai.
 JOS	8	13	s1lu		אֶת־כָּל־הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה	1	the main army	This refers to the largest group of fighting men, those not in the ambush group.
 JOS	8	13	nq1b		עֲקֵב֖⁠וֹ	1	rear guard	those who were “set in ambush on the west side of the city” ([Joshua 8:12](../08/12.md))
-JOS	8	15	a83i	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּנָּֽגְע֛וּ…לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	let themselves be defeated before them	“let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation:  “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JOS	8	15	a83i	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּנָּֽגְע֛וּ…לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	let themselves be defeated before them	“let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JOS	8	15	w933		לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	before them	the army of Ai
 JOS	8	15	bri5		וַ⁠יָּנֻ֖סוּ	1	they fled	The army of Israel fled.
 JOS	8	16	dr3a		וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפוּ֙	1	they went after…they were drawn away	These occurrences of “they” refer to the army of Ai.
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ JOS	8	29	wd9u		עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	to this day	“t
 JOS	8	30	xev4	translate-names	בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל	1	Mount Ebal	a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JOS	8	35	ym6u	figs-doublenegatives	לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ	1	There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read	This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JOS	8	35	kdu7	figs-metonymy	יִשְׂרָאֵל֙	1	Israel	This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JOS	9	intro	w1cx			0		# Joshua 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power.  This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JOS	9	intro	w1cx			0		# Joshua 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
 JOS	9	1	g4h4	translate-names	הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן	1	the Jordan	a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JOS	9	2	uj94	figs-metonymy	פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד	1	under one command	Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JOS	9	4	r5yb		בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה	1	cunning plan	a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ JOS	12	22	z2b9	translate-names	קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙…יָקְנֳעָ֥ם	1	Kedesh
 JOS	12	23	a6eq	translate-names	דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר…גּוֹיִ֥ם	1	Dor…Naphoth Dor…Goyim	These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JOS	12	24	kv8w	translate-names	תִּרְצָ֖ה	1	Tirzah	This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JOS	12	24	aeg5	translate-numbers	כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד	1	thirty-one in all	“31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-JOS	13	intro	zl7s			0		# Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan.  This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
+JOS	13	intro	zl7s			0		# Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
 JOS	13	2	s51z	figs-explicit	זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת	1	This is the land that still remains	You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JOS	13	3	q1nv	translate-names	הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר	1	Shihor	This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JOS	13	3	a3iw	figs-activepassive	לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב	1	which is considered property of the Canaanites	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ JOS	22	17	ie2t	figs-litotes	אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ
 JOS	22	20	kyw7	translate-names	עָכָ֣ן…זֶ֗רַח	1	Achan…Zerah	names of men (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JOS	22	20	v3qy	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּ⁠חֵ֔רֶם	1	Did not Achan son of Zerah break faith in the matter of those things that had been reserved for God? Did not wrath fall on all the people of Israel?	These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOS	22	22	x5pm	figs-hypo	אִם־בְּ⁠מֶ֤רֶד וְ⁠אִם־בְּ⁠מַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אַל־תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽ	1	If it was in rebellion…on this day	The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-JOS	22	23	sku4	figs-hypo	לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָ⁠שׁ֖וּב מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠אִם־לְ⁠הַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜י⁠ו עוֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֗ה וְ⁠אִם־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ	1	If we built…let Yahweh make us pay for it	The three tribes are making a  hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
+JOS	22	23	sku4	figs-hypo	לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָ⁠שׁ֖וּב מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠אִם־לְ⁠הַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜י⁠ו עוֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֗ה וְ⁠אִם־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ	1	If we built…let Yahweh make us pay for it	The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 JOS	22	24	cei9			0	General Information:	The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
 JOS	22	24	xpn5	figs-hypo	יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠בָנֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	your children might say to our children…God of Israel?	This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 JOS	22	24	qr6z	figs-rquestion	מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	What have you to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel?	The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ JOS	22	31	w1fn	figs-metonymy	הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י י
 JOS	22	33	pn48	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Their report was good in the eyes of the people	Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JOS	22	33	h5hk		לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	destroy the land	“destroy everything in the land”
 JOS	22	34	xf56	figs-metaphor	עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	It is a witness between us	The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOS	23	intro	v3r6			0		# Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods.  (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JOS	23	intro	v3r6			0		# Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
 JOS	23	2	vyz9	figs-doublet	זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים	1	old and well advanced in years	This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JOS	23	4	t22f		הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן	1	the Jordan	This is a short name for the Jordan River.
 JOS	23	4	bf99		מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ	1	in the west	This indicates the direction of the setting sun.

en_tn_08-RUT.tsv

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ RUT	1	1	nm13	figs-explicit	בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	in the land	This refers to th
 RUT	1	1	mmb4	writing-participants	אִ֜ישׁ	1	a certain man	***a man***. This is a common way of introducing a character into a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 RUT	1	2	e53a		אֶפְרָתִ֔ים מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית לֶ֖חֶם יְהוּדָ֑ה	1	who were Ephrathites from Bethlehem of Judah	The name **Ephrathites** refers to the people from the clan of Ephrathah, who lived in the area around Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “from the clan of Ephrathah, from Bethlehem, in Judah.”
 RUT	1	3	rxb1		הִ֖יא וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י בָנֶֽי⁠הָ׃	1	she was left, her and her two sons	***Naomi had only her two sons remaining with her***
-RUT	1	4	pk7g	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם נָשִׁים֙	1	they took wives for themselves 	***married women***. This is an idiom for marrying women. They did not take women who were already married. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+RUT	1	4	pk7g	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם נָשִׁים֙	1	they took wives for themselves	***married women***. This is an idiom for marrying women. They did not take women who were already married. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 RUT	1	4	k7y9		מֹֽאֲבִיּ֔וֹת	1	from the women of Moab	Naomi’s sons married women who were from the tribe of Moab. The Moabites worshiped other gods.
 RUT	1	4	aee6		שֵׁ֤ם הָֽ⁠אַחַת֙…וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י	1	the name of the first woman was…and the name of the second woman was	***the name of one woman was…the name of the other woman was***
 RUT	1	4	rt4c		כְּ⁠עֶ֥שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים	1	for about ten years	About ten years after Elimelek and Naomi came to the country of Moab, their sons Mahlon and Kilion died.
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ RUT	1	6	u9q2		וְ⁠כַלֹּתֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	her daughters-in-law	the women
 RUT	1	6	sa4z	figs-explicit	שָֽׁמְעָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֣ה מוֹאָ֔ב	1	she had heard in a field of Moab	**she had heard while still in the country of Moab**. It is implied that the news came from Israel. Alternate translation: “she had heard from someone who came from Israel while she was in the region of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 RUT	1	6	ser2		יְהוָה֙	1	Yahweh	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament.
 RUT	1	6	v86z		פָקַ֤ד…אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	had visited his people	God saw their need and provided good harvests for them. Alternate translation: “had helped the Israelites”
-RUT	1	6	ab01	figs-idiom	לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לָֽחֶם׃	1	giving them bread	***Bread*** here refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “giving them abundant harvests, so that they had plenty of food.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+RUT	1	6	ab01	figs-idiom	לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לָֽחֶם׃	1	giving them bread	***Bread*** here refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “giving them abundant harvests, so that they had plenty of food.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 RUT	1	7	w7ti	figs-idiom	וַ⁠תֵּלַ֣כְנָה בַ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ	1	and they traveled down the road	***and they walked along the road***. To walk down a road means to travel along it by foot.
 RUT	1	8	fu39		לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י כַלֹּתֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	her two daughters-in-law	***her two sons’ wives*** or ***the widows of her two sons***
 RUT	1	8	lxs2	figs-you	אִשָּׁ֖ה	1	each woman	Naomi was talking to two people, so languages that have a dual form of **you** would use that throughout her talk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ RUT	2	intro	ld2v			0		# Ruth 02 General Notes<br><br>## Possible translation dif
 RUT	2	1	ab10	writing-background	וּֽ⁠לְ⁠נָעֳמִ֞י מוֹדַ֣ע לְ⁠אִישָׁ֗⁠הּ	1	Now Naomi had a relative of her husband	Verse 1 gives background information about Boaz so that the reader will understand who he is. Your language may also have a specific way to give background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 RUT	2	1	t2sn	writing-participants	וּֽ⁠לְ⁠נָעֳמִ֞י מוֹדַ֣ע לְ⁠אִישָׁ֗⁠הּ	1	Now Naomi had a relative of her husband	This sentence introduces the next part of the story, in which Ruth meets Boaz. Boaz is introduced here as a new participant in the story. Your language may also have a specific way to introduce new events or new characters in a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 RUT	2	1	b4q7		אִ֚ישׁ גִּבּ֣וֹר חַ֔יִל	1	a man of great worth	***a prominent, wealthy man***. This means that Boaz was prosperous and well known in his community, with a good reputation.
-RUT	2	1	ab09		מִ⁠מִּשְׁפַּ֖חַת אֱלִימֶ֑לֶךְ	1	from the clan of Elimelek	The use of the term ***clan*** here means that Boaz was related to Elimelek but did not have the same parents as Elimelek.  The text is not saying that the clan was named after Elimelek or that Elimelek was the patriarch or leader of the clan.
+RUT	2	1	ab09		מִ⁠מִּשְׁפַּ֖חַת אֱלִימֶ֑לֶךְ	1	from the clan of Elimelek	The use of the term ***clan*** here means that Boaz was related to Elimelek but did not have the same parents as Elimelek. The text is not saying that the clan was named after Elimelek or that Elimelek was the patriarch or leader of the clan.
 RUT	2	2	am6a		ר֨וּת הַ⁠מּוֹאֲבִיָּ֜ה	1	Ruth, the Moabite woman	Here the story resumes. Indicate this in the way that your language restarts telling the events of a story after giving background information.
 RUT	2	2	c7rk		הַ⁠מּוֹאֲבִיָּ֜ה	1	the Moabite woman	This is another way of saying that the woman was from the country or tribe of Moab.
 RUT	2	2	qt4q		וַ⁠אֲלַקֳטָּ֣ה בַ⁠שִׁבֳּלִ֔ים	1	and glean heads of grain	***and gather heads of grain left behind by the harvesters*** or ***and pick up heads of grain left behind by the harvesters***
@@ -77,14 +77,14 @@ RUT	2	2	j59b	figs-idiom	אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1
 RUT	2	2	abc5	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	in whose eyes	The **eyes** are a metonym that represents seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “who will decide [to be kind to me]” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 RUT	2	2	ed93		בִתִּֽ⁠י	1	my daughter	Ruth was caring for Naomi as if she were her own mother, and Naomi addressed Ruth affectionately as her daughter. If this is confusing in your language, use the term that would indicate this kind of close relationship between two women in your language.
 RUT	2	3	ht73		וַ⁠יִּ֣קֶר מִקְרֶ֔⁠הָ	1	by chance	This means that Ruth was not aware that the field that she picked to glean in belonged to Naomi’s relative Boaz.
-RUT	2	3	ab11		מִ⁠מִּשְׁפַּ֥חַת אֱלִימֶֽלֶךְ	1	from the clan of Elimelek	The use of the term ***clan*** here means that Boaz was related to Elimelek but did not have the same parents as Elimelek.  The text is not saying that the clan was named after Elimelek or that Elimelek was the patriarch or leader of the clan.
+RUT	2	3	ab11		מִ⁠מִּשְׁפַּ֥חַת אֱלִימֶֽלֶךְ	1	from the clan of Elimelek	The use of the term ***clan*** here means that Boaz was related to Elimelek but did not have the same parents as Elimelek. The text is not saying that the clan was named after Elimelek or that Elimelek was the patriarch or leader of the clan.
 RUT	2	4	vys2	figs-informremind	וְ⁠הִנֵּה	1	Then behold,	The word **behold** alerts us to the important event of Boaz arriving at the field and seeing Ruth for the first time. Your language may also have a specific way of alerting someone to pay careful attention to what happens next in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
 RUT	2	4	q1lv		בָּ֚א מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית לֶ֔חֶם	1	coming from Bethlehem	The fields were an unspecified distance outside of Bethlehem.
 RUT	2	4	r4bl		יְבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָֽה	1	May Yahweh bless you	***May Yahweh do good things for you***. This is a general blessing.
 RUT	2	5	a5ht		לְ⁠מִ֖י הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת	1	Who does this young woman belong to?	In that culture, women were under the authority of their male relatives. Boaz was asking who Ruth’s husband or father might be. He did not think that Ruth was a slave.
 RUT	2	5	ab16		לְ⁠נַעֲר֔⁠וֹ	1	to his servant	This ***servant*** was a young man who worked for Boaz and who told the rest of Boaz’s workers what to do.
 RUT	2	5	sdf9		הַ⁠נִּצָּ֖ב עַל	1	who was set over	***who was in charge of*** or ***who was managing***
-RUT	2	7	ab17		אֲלַקֳטָה־נָּא֙ 	1	Please let me glean	To ***glean*** meant to pick up grain or other produce that the workers dropped or missed as they were harvesting. This was part of the law that God gave to Moses, that the workers should not go back over the field for this produce, so that it would be left in the field for the poor or for foreign travelers to pick up. See verses such as Leviticus 19:10 and Deuteronomy 24:21.
+RUT	2	7	ab17		אֲלַקֳטָה־נָּא֙	1	Please let me glean	To ***glean*** meant to pick up grain or other produce that the workers dropped or missed as they were harvesting. This was part of the law that God gave to Moses, that the workers should not go back over the field for this produce, so that it would be left in the field for the poor or for foreign travelers to pick up. See verses such as Leviticus 19:10 and Deuteronomy 24:21.
 RUT	2	7	kj7a		הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת	1	the house	***the hut*** or ***the shelter***. This was a temporary shelter or garden hut in the field that provided shade from the sun where the workers could rest.
 RUT	2	8	ltk3	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֧וֹא שָׁמַ֣עַתְּ בִּתִּ֗⁠י	1	Will you not listen to me, my daughter?	This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “Listen to me, my daughter!” or “Note well what I am telling you, my daughter!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 RUT	2	8	ke9b	figs-idiom	בִּתִּ֗⁠י	1	my daughter	This was a kind way to address a younger woman. Ruth was not the actual daughter of Boaz, but he was treating her kindly and respectfully. Use the term that communicates this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ RUT	2	9	v5e4		לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֣י נָגְעֵ֑⁠ךְ	1	not to touch you
 RUT	2	9	ahr7		מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁאֲב֖וּ⁠ן הַ⁠נְּעָרִֽים	1	from what the young men draw	To draw water means to pull up water from a well or to take it out of a storage vessel.
 RUT	2	10	az6y	translate-symaction	וַ⁠תִּפֹּל֙ עַל־פָּנֶ֔י⁠הָ וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ אָ֑רְצָ⁠ה	1	Then she fell on her face and bowed down to the ground	These are acts of respect and reverence. She was showing honor to Boaz out of gratefulness for what he had done for her. It was also a posture of humility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 RUT	2	10	ab12	figs-doublet	וַ⁠תִּפֹּל֙ עַל־פָּנֶ֔י⁠הָ וַ⁠תִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ אָ֑רְצָ⁠ה	1	Then she fell on her face and bowed down to the ground	These are two descriptions of a single action. If this is confusing in your language, use only one description, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-RUT	2	10	ab13	figs-idiom	וַ⁠תִּפֹּל֙ עַל־פָּנֶ֔י⁠הָ 	1	Then she fell on her face	This is an idiom that means that she bowed low with her face to the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+RUT	2	10	ab13	figs-idiom	וַ⁠תִּפֹּל֙ עַל־פָּנֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	Then she fell on her face	This is an idiom that means that she bowed low with her face to the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 RUT	2	10	ug7p		מַדּוּעַ֩ מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לְ⁠הַכִּירֵ֔⁠נִי וְ⁠אָּנֹכִ֖י נָכְרִיָּֽה	1	Why have I found favor in your eyes that you should take notice of me, since I am a foreigner?	Ruth is asking a real question.
-RUT	2	10	abc7	figs-idiom	מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 	1	have I found favor in your eyes	The phrase **found favor in your eyes** is an idiom which means “you have approved of” someone. Ruth speaks of gaining someone’s favor as gaining their kindness or approval. Alternate translation: “you have been kind to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+RUT	2	10	abc7	figs-idiom	מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	have I found favor in your eyes	The phrase **found favor in your eyes** is an idiom which means “you have approved of” someone. Ruth speaks of gaining someone’s favor as gaining their kindness or approval. Alternate translation: “you have been kind to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 RUT	2	10	abc8	figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	in your eyes	The **eyes** are a metonym that represents seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” or “that you decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 RUT	2	10	x6f8		נָכְרִיָּֽה	1	foreigner	A ***foreigner*** is someone from another country. Even though Ruth had pledged her loyalty to the God of Israel in private, everyone knew that she was from Moab, not Israel. Often Israelites were not kind to foreigners, even though God wanted them to be kind to them. This shows that Boaz was living to please God.
 RUT	2	11	ab14	figs-doublet	וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן בֹּ֨עַז֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר	1	Boaz answered and said	Both ***answered*** and ***said*** describe the same action. If this is confusing in your language, you may want to use only one verb for this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ RUT	2	13	zc5n		וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ לֹ֣א אֶֽהְיֶ֔ה כְּ⁠אַ
 RUT	2	14	yht2		לְ⁠עֵ֣ת הָ⁠אֹ֗כֶל	1	At the time of the meal	This refers to the midday meal.
 RUT	2	14	p256		וְ⁠טָבַ֥לְתְּ פִּתֵּ֖⁠ךְ בַּ⁠חֹ֑מֶץ	1	dip your piece in the vinegar	This was a simple meal eaten in the field. People would sit on the ground around a cloth that had a bowl of wine vinegar on it and pieces of broken bread. They would take a piece of bread and dip it in the wine vinegar to add flavor before they ate it.
 RUT	2	14	xr6s		בַּ⁠חֹ֑מֶץ	1	the vinegar	The **vinegar** was a sauce into which they dipped bread. The Israelites made vinegar from grape juice that was fermented beyond the point of being wine. At the vinegar stage, the juice becomes very sour and acidic.
-RUT	2	15	v6wr	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תָּ֖קָם לְ⁠לַקֵּ֑ט וַ⁠יְצַו֩ בֹּ֨עַז אֶת־נְעָרָ֜י⁠ו	1	Then she got up to glean. Then Boaz commanded his young men	When Boaz spoke to his workers, it is likely that Ruth was far enough away not to hear Boaz’s instructions. Alternate translation: “And when Ruth got up to gather up grain, Boaz privately told his young men”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+RUT	2	15	v6wr	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תָּ֖קָם לְ⁠לַקֵּ֑ט וַ⁠יְצַו֩ בֹּ֨עַז אֶת־נְעָרָ֜י⁠ו	1	Then she got up to glean. Then Boaz commanded his young men	When Boaz spoke to his workers, it is likely that Ruth was far enough away not to hear Boaz’s instructions. Alternate translation: “And when Ruth got up to gather up grain, Boaz privately told his young men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 RUT	2	15	rct9		וַ⁠תָּ֖קָם	1	Then she got up	***After she stood up***
 RUT	2	15	a5z9		גַּ֣ם בֵּ֧ין הָֽ⁠עֳמָרִ֛ים	1	even among the bundles	Here, the word **even** lets the workers know that they are to do above and beyond what they normally do. People who were gleaning were normally forbidden from working close to the harvested grain for fear that they might steal from the grain that was already harvested. But Boaz instructs his workers to let Ruth glean close to the bundles of grain.
 RUT	2	16	u6hv		שֹׁל־תָּשֹׁ֥לּוּ לָ֖⁠הּ מִן־הַ⁠צְּבָתִ֑ים	1	pull some out from the bundles for her	***take some stalks of grain out of the bundles and leave them for her*** or ***leave behind stalks of grain for her to collect***. Here Boaz goes another step beyond what is normal, and tells his workers to drop some of the grain that was already harvested for Ruth to glean.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ RUT	3	1	uw2p	figs-metaphor	לָ֛⁠ךְ מָנ֖וֹחַ	1	a resting place for
 RUT	3	2	jdr4	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה	1	Connecting Statement:	Naomi’s rhetorical question in verse 1 gave the reason for the advice that she is about to give to Ruth in verses 2-4. This word marks what follows as the result of verse 1. In other words, Naomi advises Ruth what to do (3:2-4) because she desires to find a good, secure home for Ruth (3:1) If it is more clear in your language to state the reason after the result, you may want to put verse 1 after verses 2-4, marked as verses 1-4 together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 RUT	3	2	b4h8	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֥א בֹ֨עַז֙ מֹֽדַעְתָּ֔⁠נוּ	1	is not Boaz our relative	Naomi used this question to remind Ruth of something she had already told her (See 2:20), to introduce the reason for what she is about to say. Alternate translation: “As you know, Boaz is our relative.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 RUT	3	2	j31t	figs-explicit	הָיִ֖ית אֶת־נַעֲרוֹתָ֑י⁠ו	1	whose young female workers you have been working	If it helps for understanding, the translation can make explicit that she was working in the fields with these female workers. Alternate translation: “female workers you have been with in the fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-RUT	3	2	nd8v	figs-informremind	הִנֵּה	1	Look	The word **Look** indicates that the following statement is very important.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
+RUT	3	2	nd8v	figs-informremind	הִנֵּה	1	Look	The word **Look** indicates that the following statement is very important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
 RUT	3	2	ms25		זֹרֶ֛ה	1	will be winnowing	***he will be winnowing*** To winnow means to separate grain from the unwanted chaff by tossing both the grain and chaff into the air, allowing the wind to blow the chaff away.
 RUT	3	3	ru6z		וָ⁠סַ֗כְתְּ	1	and anoint yourself	This is probably a reference to rubbing sweet-smelling oil on oneself, as a kind of perfume.
 RUT	3	3	e92h		וְיָרַ֣דְתְּ הַ⁠גֹּ֑רֶן	1	and go down to the threshing floor	This refers to leaving the city and going to the open, flat area where workers could thresh and winnow grain.
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ RUT	3	12	fvq5		גֹּאֵ֖ל קָר֥וֹב מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי	1	a kinsman
 RUT	3	13	gcl8	figs-explicit	אִם־יִגְאָלֵ֥⁠ךְ	1	if he will redeem you	***redeem*** here means “marry according to our custom concerning widows.” Boaz is referring to the expectation that the closest male relative of Ruth’s dead husband would marry her and raise a son to carry on the dead man’s family name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 RUT	3	13	tkz9		חַי־יְהוָ֑ה	1	as Yahweh lives	***as surely as Yahweh lives*** or ***by the life of Yahweh***. This was a common Hebrew vow that obligated the speaker to perform what he said. Use the normal phrasing for a vow in your language.
 RUT	3	14	vn8p		וַ⁠תִּשְׁכַּ֤ב מַרְגְּלוֹתָיו֙	1	So she lay at his feet	Ruth slept at Boaz’s feet. They did not have sex.
-RUT	3	14	dwx1	figs-idiom	בְּטֶ֛רֶם יַכִּ֥יר אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	before a man could recognize his friend	This is an idiom that referred to a condition of darkness. Alternate translation: “while it was still dark”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
+RUT	3	14	dwx1	figs-idiom	בְּטֶ֛רֶם יַכִּ֥יר אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	before a man could recognize his friend	This is an idiom that referred to a condition of darkness. Alternate translation: “while it was still dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
 RUT	3	15	hj1e		הַ⁠מִּטְפַּ֧חַת	1	the cloak	a thick piece of cloth worn over the shoulders for warmth
 RUT	3	15	f5zg		שֵׁשׁ־שְׂעֹרִים֙	1	six measures of barley	The actual amount is not stated. It was enough to be considered generous, yet small enough for Ruth to carry alone. Most scholars think it was around 25 to 30 kilograms.
 RUT	3	15	gdn8		וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׁת עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ	1	put it on her	The amount of grain was heavy, so Boaz put it on Ruth’s back so she could carry it.
@@ -196,10 +196,10 @@ RUT	3	16	s7dr	figs-idiom	מִי־אַ֣תְּ בִּתִּ֑⁠י	1	Who are you,
 RUT	3	16	ab34		בִּתִּ֑⁠י	1	my daughter	Ruth is actually Naomi’s daughter-in-law, but Naomi calls her ***my daughter*** as an endearment. Keep this translation if it is acceptable in your culture. Otherwise, use “daughter-in law.”
 RUT	3	16	w9p9		אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָֽשָׂה־לָ֖⁠הּ הָ⁠אִֽישׁ	1	all that the man had done for her	***all that Boaz had done for her***
 RUT	3	17	abca		שֵׁשׁ־הַ⁠שְּׂעֹרִ֥ים	1	six measures of barley	See how you translated this in [3:15](../03/15/f5zg).
-RUT	3	17	e9xx	figs-idiom	אַל־תָּב֥וֹאִי רֵיקָ֖ם	1	You must not go empty	To ***go empty-handed*** is an idiom that means to go to someone with nothing to offer that person. Alternate translation: ***Do not go empty-handed*** or ***Do not go with nothing*** or ***You must take something***  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
+RUT	3	17	e9xx	figs-idiom	אַל־תָּב֥וֹאִי רֵיקָ֖ם	1	You must not go empty	To ***go empty-handed*** is an idiom that means to go to someone with nothing to offer that person. Alternate translation: ***Do not go empty-handed*** or ***Do not go with nothing*** or ***You must take something*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
 RUT	3	18	ab36	figs-idiom	שְׁבִ֣י בִתִּ֔⁠י	1	sit, my daughter	***Sit*** is an idiom that means that Ruth should calmly wait. Alternate translation: “Wait here” or “Be patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 RUT	3	18	ab35		בִתִּ֔⁠י	1	my daughter	See how you translated this in 1:11-13; 2:2, 8, 22; 3:1, 10, 11, 16.
-RUT	3	18	ab37	figs-idiom	אֵ֖יךְ יִפֹּ֣ל דָּבָ֑ר 	1	how the matter falls	This is an idiom that means “how the situation will turn out” or “what will happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+RUT	3	18	ab37	figs-idiom	אֵ֖יךְ יִפֹּ֣ל דָּבָ֑ר	1	how the matter falls	This is an idiom that means “how the situation will turn out” or “what will happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 RUT	3	18	ab38	figs-doublenegatives	לֹ֤א יִשְׁקֹט֙ הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ כִּֽי־אִם־כִּלָּ֥ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר	1	the man will not rest unless he has finished this matter	This can be stated positively: ***the man will certainly settle this matter*** or ***the man will surely resolve this issue***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 RUT	3	18	u5rn		אִם־כִּלָּ֥ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר	1	he has finished this matter	***This matter*** refers to the decision about who will buy Naomi’s property and marry Ruth.
 RUT	4	intro	pz6m			0		# Ruth 04 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David<br><br>Despite being a Moabitess, Ruth became an ancestress of David. David was Israel’s greatest king. It may be surprising that a Gentile would become a part of such an important lineage, but it reminds us that God loves all people. Ruth had great faith in Yahweh. This shows us that God welcomes all who trust in him. <br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### **You must also acquire Ruth the Moabite woman**<br><br>With the privilege of using the family’s land came the responsibility to take care of the widows of the family. Therefore, the relative who wanted to use Naomi’s land had to also help Ruth to have a son who would carry on the family name and inheritance and provide for her.<br><br>### **This was the custom in former times**<br><br>This is a comment made by the writer of the text. This indicates that there was a considerable period of time between the events that occurred and the time when they were written down.
@@ -235,15 +235,15 @@ RUT	4	9	img5		כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֶֽ⁠אֱלִימֶ֔לֶךְ וְ⁠
 RUT	4	10	jdr0	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וְ⁠גַ֣ם	1	Connecting Statement:	This connecting phrase indicates that the people sitting at the gate are witnesses to the fact that Boaz is buying back Elimelek’s family land for Naomi (4:9) and also to the fact that Boaz is claiming Ruth to be his wife (4:10). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 RUT	4	10	nm32		לְ⁠הָקִ֤ים שֵׁם־הַ⁠מֵּת֙ עַל־נַ֣חֲלָת֔⁠וֹ	1	to raise up the name of the dead man over his inheritance	See how you translated this phrase in 4:5. Alternate translation: “so that I might give her a son who will inherit the dead man’s property”
 RUT	4	10	gg1m	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לֹא־יִכָּרֵ֧ת שֵׁם־הַ⁠מֵּ֛ת מֵ⁠עִ֥ם אֶחָ֖י⁠ו	1	so that the name of the dead man will not be cut off from among his brothers and from the gate of his place	Being forgotten is spoken of as if one’s name were being cut off from a list of people who had lived earlier. Alternate translation: “so that he will not be forgotten by his brothers’ descendants and by the people of this town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-RUT	4	10	ab61	figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠לֹא־יִכָּרֵ֧ת שֵׁם־הַ⁠מֵּ֛ת 	1	so that the name of the dead man will not be cut off	This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “so that his name will be preserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+RUT	4	10	ab61	figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠לֹא־יִכָּרֵ֧ת שֵׁם־הַ⁠מֵּ֛ת	1	so that the name of the dead man will not be cut off	This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “so that his name will be preserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 RUT	4	10	xpu5	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠מִ⁠שַּׁ֣עַר מְקוֹמ֑⁠וֹ	1	and from the gate of his place	The gate of the town is where the leaders gathered and made important legal decisions, such as decisions about who owns a piece of land. Alternate translation: “and among the important people of his town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 RUT	4	10	ab45		עֵדִ֥ים אַתֶּ֖ם הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	Today you are witnesses!	***You have seen and heard these things today, and can speak of them tomorrow***
 RUT	4	11	ua2a		הָ⁠עָ֧ם אֲשֶׁר־בַּ⁠שַּׁ֛עַר	1	the people who were in the gate	***the people who were meeting together near the gate***
 RUT	4	11	hg6q	figs-metonymy	הַ⁠בָּאָ֣ה אֶל־בֵּיתֶ֗⁠ךָ	1	who is coming into your house	This has both a literal and a figurative meaning. As Ruth marries Boaz, she will move into his house. “House” can be a metonym the represents “family,” so this also refers to becoming part of Boaz’s family by being his wife. Alternate translation: “who is becoming part of your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 RUT	4	11	q47m		כְּ⁠רָחֵ֤ל׀ וּ⁠כְ⁠לֵאָה֙	1	like Rachel and Leah	These were the two wives of Jacob, whose name was changed to Israel.
 RUT	4	11	cz4t		בָּנ֤וּ…אֶת־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	built up the house of Israel	***bore many children who became the nation of Israel***
-RUT	4	11	abcb	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּ⁠אֶפְרָ֔תָה וּ⁠קְרָא־שֵׁ֖ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם	1	Achieve honor in Ephrathah, and be renowned in Bethlehem!	These two phrases are similar in meaning. The second phrase repeats somewhat and adds to the meaning of the first. This is a Hebrew style of emphasis. Alternate translation: “May you do good things in Bethlehem and become well-known for them.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
-RUT	4	11	ab65	figs-imperative	וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּ⁠אֶפְרָ֔תָה וּ⁠קְרָא־שֵׁ֖ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם	1	Achieve honor in Ephrathah, and be renowned in Bethlehem!	These phrases are a form of blessing. Use the style of blessing that is appropriate in your language. Alternate translation: “May you do good things in Bethlehem and may you become well-known for them.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]).
+RUT	4	11	abcb	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּ⁠אֶפְרָ֔תָה וּ⁠קְרָא־שֵׁ֖ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם	1	Achieve honor in Ephrathah, and be renowned in Bethlehem!	These two phrases are similar in meaning. The second phrase repeats somewhat and adds to the meaning of the first. This is a Hebrew style of emphasis. Alternate translation: “May you do good things in Bethlehem and become well-known for them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]).
+RUT	4	11	ab65	figs-imperative	וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּ⁠אֶפְרָ֔תָה וּ⁠קְרָא־שֵׁ֖ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית לָֽחֶם	1	Achieve honor in Ephrathah, and be renowned in Bethlehem!	These phrases are a form of blessing. Use the style of blessing that is appropriate in your language. Alternate translation: “May you do good things in Bethlehem and may you become well-known for them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]).
 RUT	4	11	uk9q		וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה־חַ֣יִל בְּ⁠אֶפְרָ֔תָה	1	Achieve honor in Ephrathah	The area around the town of Bethlehem was known as Ephrathah, and that became another name for the town. Presumably this name came from the Israelite clan that settled in and around the city of Bethlehem.
 RUT	4	12	fn52	figs-metonymy	וִ⁠יהִ֤י בֵֽיתְ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠בֵ֣ית פֶּ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יָלְדָ֥ה תָמָ֖ר לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה	1	May your house be like the house of Perez, whom Tamar bore to Judah	***house*** stands for “family” or “clan.” Perez had many descendants who became large clans in Israel, including the clan of Ephrathah. Also, many of his descendents became important people. The people were asking God to bless Boaz in a similar way through Ruth’s children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 RUT	4	12	a433		יָלְדָ֥ה תָמָ֖ר לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה	1	Tamar bore to Judah	Tamar, like Ruth, was also a widow. Judah fathered a son with Tamar, who continued the family name of her dead husband.
@@ -251,17 +251,17 @@ RUT	4	12	xym8		מִן־הַ⁠זֶּ֗רַע אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִתֵּ֤ן יְ
 RUT	4	13	abcc	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח בֹּ֤עַז אֶת־רוּת֙ וַ⁠תְּהִי־ל֣⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה	1	So Boaz took Ruth, and she became his wife	These two phrases mean very much the same thing, as the second phrase repeats and expands the first. This is a Hebrew poetic style. The two phrases can be combined as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 RUT	4	13	u21g	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח בֹּ֤עַז אֶת־רוּת֙	1	So Boaz took Ruth	This phrase indicates that Boaz did what he said he would do in verse 10. It does not imply any form of violence. Along with the following phrase, it simply means, ***So Boaz married Ruth*** or ***So Boaz took Ruth as a wife***. Use a connecting word (like “so”) that indicates that this action by Boaz is a result of the agreement in verse 10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 RUT	4	13	gw77	figs-euphemism	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א אֵלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	he went in to her	This is a euphemism that refers to having sexual intercourse. Alternate translation: “He had sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-RUT	4	14	ab46	figs-explicit	הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙	1	the women	These are the women of the town as mentioned in 1:19. This can be made clear if necessary.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+RUT	4	14	ab46	figs-explicit	הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙	1	the women	These are the women of the town as mentioned in 1:19. This can be made clear if necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 RUT	4	14	ab47		בָּר֣וּךְ יְהוָ֔ה	1	Blessed be Yahweh	The women are praising God for what he has done for Naomi and Ruth. If it does not make sense in your language to “bless” God, use a word like “praise” or “ we give thanks.” See the UST.
 RUT	4	14	qj8v	figs-doublenegatives	לֹ֣א הִשְׁבִּ֥ית לָ֛⁠ךְ גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם	1	who has not left you today without a kinsman-redeemer	This phrase can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “who has provided you today with a kinsman to redeem you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 RUT	4	14	p8p3		וְ⁠יִקָּרֵ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ	1	May his name be renowned	This is a blessing, stating that the women desire that Naomi’s grandson will have a good reputation and character. Use the form of blessing that is appropriate in your language.
 RUT	4	15	hz3e		לְ⁠מֵשִׁ֣יב נֶ֔פֶשׁ	1	a restorer of life	This phrase refers to how Naomi will again experience joy and hope in her life as a result of having this grandson. Alternate translation: “one who brings joy to you again” or “one who will make you feel young/strong again”
 RUT	4	15	z5lw		וּ⁠לְ⁠כַלְכֵּ֖ל אֶת־שֵׂיבָתֵ֑⁠ךְ	1	and a nourisher of your old age	***and he will take care of you when you become old***
-RUT	4	15	ab48	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י 	1	For	***We know this because*** Use a connecting word or phrase that indicates that what follows (the fact that Ruth has borne him) is the reason for the women’s confident prediction of his character. If it makes more sense to put the reason first, then follow the order in the UST.
+RUT	4	15	ab48	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י	1	For	***We know this because*** Use a connecting word or phrase that indicates that what follows (the fact that Ruth has borne him) is the reason for the women’s confident prediction of his character. If it makes more sense to put the reason first, then follow the order in the UST.
 RUT	4	15	rpc3	figs-idiom	ט֣וֹבָה לָ֔⁠ךְ מִ⁠שִּׁבְעָ֖ה בָּנִֽים	1	better to you than seven sons	***seven*** represented the idea of completeness or perfection. This is a way to praise Ruth for how she has provided for Naomi by bearing a grandson for her by Boaz, when Naomi’s sons could not provide for her because they had died. Alternate translation: “better to you than any son” or “worth more to you than many sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 RUT	4	16	k1w4		וַ⁠תִּקַּ֨ח נָעֳמִ֤י אֶת־הַ⁠יֶּ֨לֶד֙	1	Naomi took the child	***Naomi picked up the child*** This refers to Naomi holding the child. Make sure it does not sound like she took him away from Ruth in any hostile way.
 RUT	4	16	ab49		וַ⁠תְּהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אֹמֶֽנֶת׃	1	and became his nurse	***and took care of him***
-RUT	4	17	ab50		וַ⁠תִּקְרֶאנָה֩ ל֨⁠וֹ הַ⁠שְּׁכֵנ֥וֹת שֵׁם֙…וַ⁠תִּקְרֶ֤אנָֽה שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ עוֹבֵ֔ד 	1	So the neighbor women called out a name for him…And they called his name Obed.	The first phrase introduces the naming event, and the second repeats it in order to report the event. If this is confusing, the two phrases can be combined. ***So the neighbor women gave him the name Obed*** or ***The women of the neighborhood said…and they named him Obed***
+RUT	4	17	ab50		וַ⁠תִּקְרֶאנָה֩ ל֨⁠וֹ הַ⁠שְּׁכֵנ֥וֹת שֵׁם֙…וַ⁠תִּקְרֶ֤אנָֽה שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ עוֹבֵ֔ד	1	So the neighbor women called out a name for him…And they called his name Obed.	The first phrase introduces the naming event, and the second repeats it in order to report the event. If this is confusing, the two phrases can be combined. ***So the neighbor women gave him the name Obed*** or ***The women of the neighborhood said…and they named him Obed***
 RUT	4	17	fkf2		יֻלַּד־בֵּ֖ן לְ⁠נָעֳמִ֑י	1	A son has been born to Naomi	***It is as though Naomi has a son again***. It was understood that the child was Naomi’s grandson, not her physical son, but he would carry on the family line of both Naomi and Ruth.
 RUT	4	17	ab51		ה֥וּא אֲבִי־יִשַׁ֖י	1	He was the father of Jesse	***Later, he became the father of Jesse*** It may be necessary to make it clear that much time passed between the births of Obed, Jesse, and David.
 RUT	4	17	f9ha	figs-explicit	אֲבִ֥י דָוִֽד	1	the father of David	***father of King David***. Though ***King*** is not stated, it was clear to the original audience that this David was King David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

en_tn_11-1KI.tsv

@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1KI	2	45	r843			0	General Information:	King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
 1KI	2	45	fx8t	figs-metonymy		0	the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever	Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1KI	2	46	q4c8	figs-metonymy		0	in Solomon’s hand	This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1KI	3	intro	r15u			0		# 1 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler.  Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+1KI	3	intro	r15u			0		# 1 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
 1KI	3	1	h2l6			0	General Information:	Solomon marries an Egyptian.
 1KI	3	1	q5yv			0	Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt	Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
 1KI	3	1	s4dd			0	until he had finished building	She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1KI	3	26	ix5r	figs-metaphor		0	her heart was full of compassion for her son	This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1KI	3	28	caa5	figs-hyperbole		0	all Israel	This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1KI	4	intro	q6h7			0		# 1 Kings 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom.
-1KI	4	1	lyk2			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a list of Solomon’s officials.  The list ends in 1 Kings 4:6.
+1KI	4	1	lyk2			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a list of Solomon’s officials. The list ends in 1 Kings 4:6.
 1KI	4	2	e1li	translate-names		0	Azariah…Zadok	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1KI	4	3	hc81			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the list of Solomon’s officials.
 1KI	4	3	l925	translate-names		0	Elihoreph…Ahijah…Shisha…Jehoshaphat…Ahilud	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1KI	5	17	hk8u			0	quarried large stones of high quality	“dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape”
 1KI	5	18	l6m8	translate-unknown		0	Gebalites	men from the city of Gebal (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1KI	6	intro	dn22			0		# 1 Kings 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God.
-1KI	6	1	rj8r			0	General Information:	The narrator describes the temple and its dimensions.  This description continues through 1 Kings 6:38.
+1KI	6	1	rj8r			0	General Information:	The narrator describes the temple and its dimensions. This description continues through 1 Kings 6:38.
 1KI	6	1	si1j	figs-metonymy		0	Solomon began to build	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1KI	6	1	z8zf	translate-ordinal		0	480th…fourth	These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 1KI	6	1	u34s	translate-hebrewmonths		0	in the month of Ziv, which is the second month	“Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1KI	7	50	tev9	figs-activepassive		0	had made the cups…all of which were made of pure gold	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups…out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1KI	7	50	y2nn			0	sockets of gold made for the doors	Here “sockets” may refer to either (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
 1KI	7	51	x9f6	figs-activepassive		0	the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1KI	8	intro	h96s			0		# 1 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom:  “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1KI	8	intro	h96s			0		# 1 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1KI	8	1	kla2			0	assembled the elders of Israel	“called together the leaders of Israel”
 1KI	8	2	vy83	figs-hyperbole		0	All the men of Israel	This may refer either (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1KI	8	2	uam7			0	at the feast	This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1KI	11	41	yk5p			0	the book of the events of Solomon	This book no longer exists.
 1KI	11	43	wer1	figs-metaphor		0	He slept with his ancestors and he was buried	The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 1KI	11	43	ttg1	figs-activepassive		0	he was buried	This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1KI	12	intro	abcc			0		# 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government:  “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+1KI	12	intro	abcc			0		# 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
 1KI	12	1	rer8	figs-synecdoche		0	all Israel was coming	Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1KI	12	2	kgj5			0	It happened that	This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
 1KI	12	2	s9f6	translate-names		0	Jeroboam…Nebat	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1KI	17	23	aut1			0	his room	Here “his” refers to Elijah.
 1KI	17	23	e1te			0	See, your son is alive	The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
 1KI	17	24	m6yc	figs-metonymy		0	the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true	“the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1KI	18	intro	abci			0		# 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel.  Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+1KI	18	intro	abci			0		# 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 1KI	18	1	l7sw	figs-idiom		0	the word of Yahweh came	This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1KI	18	1	q2by			0	send rain on the land	“cause rain to fall on the land”
 1KI	18	2	lc7k	writing-background		0	now the famine was severe	The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

en_tn_12-2KI.tsv

@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2KI	10	35	g2qi	translate-names		0	Jehoahaz	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2KI	10	36	m23h			0	The time that Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria was twenty-eight years	“Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria for twenty-eight years”
 2KI	10	36	e9ns	translate-numbers		0	twenty-eight years	“28 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-2KI	11	intro	abcb			0		# 2 Kings 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the  beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Athaliah’s evil actions<br>The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+2KI	11	intro	abcb			0		# 2 Kings 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Athaliah’s evil actions<br>The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
 2KI	11	1	q8ru	translate-names		0	Athaliah	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2KI	11	1	ed43			0	saw that her son was dead	“became aware that her son was dead”
 2KI	11	1	vmz8	figs-explicit		0	she arose and killed all the royal children	Athaliah did not personally kill the children. Alternate translation: “she commanded her servants to kill all the members of Ahaziah’s family who might become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2KI	23	12	xs4w	figs-metonymy		0	the kings of Judah had made…Manasseh had made	Manasseh and the kings of Judah probably commanded their workers to make these things. Alternate translation: “the kings of Judah had their workers make…Manasseh had his workers make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2KI	23	12	dwd6	translate-names		0	Kidron Valley	place name. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 23:4](../23/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2KI	23	13	d24c	figs-metonymy		0	The king ruined	Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He had them ruin…He had them break…they filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2KI	23	13	uf9z	figs-metonymy		0	Solomon the king of Israel had built	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do these things. Alternate translation: “Solomon the king of Israel had his workers build”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2KI	23	13	uf9z	figs-metonymy		0	Solomon the king of Israel had built	Solomon would have commanded his workers to do these things. Alternate translation: “Solomon the king of Israel had his workers build” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2KI	23	14	wk4z	figs-metonymy		0	He broke…he filled	Josiah would have commanded his workers to do these things. It is likely that Hilkiah and the priests who assisted him did these things. Alternate translation: “He had them break…they filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2KI	23	14	kaf7	figs-explicit		0	filled those places with the bones of human beings	“covered the ground with human bones so people could not use it as a shrine anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2KI	23	15	q6gc	figs-explicit		0	Josiah also completely destroyed…He also burned…and beat…He also burned	It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people, perhaps Hilkiah and “the priests under him” ([2 Kings 23:4](../23/04.md)), might have helped Josiah do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

en_tn_13-1CH.tsv

@@ -1406,39 +1406,39 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CH	24	7	prk5			0	General Information:	This begins a list of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests. This list ends in [1 Chronicles 24:18](../24/18.md).
 1CH	24	7	kw78	translate-ordinal		0	The first lot…the second	“Lot number 1…lot number 2.” This shows the order in which the families were chosen by lots. If this is unnatural in your language you may use “The initial” for “The first” and “the next” for all of the following ones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 1CH	24	7	e85c	translate-names		0	Jehoiarib…Jedaiah	See how you translated the names of these men in [1 Chronicles 9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1CH	24	7	s29d	translate-ordinal		0	the second	This refers to the second lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the second lot” or “lot number 2”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	7	s29d	translate-ordinal		0	the second	This refers to the second lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the second lot” or “lot number 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	8	de1h			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
-1CH	24	8	aeh1	translate-ordinal		0	the third…the fourth	This refers to the third and fourth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the third lot…the fourth lot” or “lot number 3…lot number 4”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	8	aeh1	translate-ordinal		0	the third…the fourth	This refers to the third and fourth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the third lot…the fourth lot” or “lot number 3…lot number 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	8	h5kc	translate-names		0	Harim…Seorim	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	9	ii28			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
-1CH	24	9	at2l	translate-ordinal		0	the fifth…the sixth	This refers to the fifth and sixth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the fifth lot…the sixth lot” or “lot number 5…lot number 6”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	9	at2l	translate-ordinal		0	the fifth…the sixth	This refers to the fifth and sixth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the fifth lot…the sixth lot” or “lot number 5…lot number 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	9	y3fr	translate-names		0	Malkijah…Mijamin	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	10	edj9			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
-1CH	24	10	n9za	translate-ordinal		0	the seventh…the eighth	This refers to the seventh and eighth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the seventh lot…the eighth lot” or “lot number 7…lot number 8”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	10	n9za	translate-ordinal		0	the seventh…the eighth	This refers to the seventh and eighth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the seventh lot…the eighth lot” or “lot number 7…lot number 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	10	l33c	translate-names		0	Hakkoz…Abijah	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	11	f47r			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
-1CH	24	11	e1tp	translate-ordinal		0	the ninth…the tenth	This refers to the ninth and tenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the ninth lot…the tenth lot” or “lot number 9…lot number 10”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	11	e1tp	translate-ordinal		0	the ninth…the tenth	This refers to the ninth and tenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the ninth lot…the tenth lot” or “lot number 9…lot number 10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	11	sw24	translate-names		0	Jeshua…Shecaniah	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	12	kj4w			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
-1CH	24	12	nnc3	translate-ordinal		0	the eleventh…the twelfth	This refers to the eleventh and twelfth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the eleventh lot…the twelfth lot” or “lot number 11…lot number 12”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	12	nnc3	translate-ordinal		0	the eleventh…the twelfth	This refers to the eleventh and twelfth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the eleventh lot…the twelfth lot” or “lot number 11…lot number 12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	12	rq2d	translate-names		0	Eliashib…Jakim	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	13	j879			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
-1CH	24	13	ip2n	translate-ordinal		0	the thirteenth…the fourteenth	This refers to the thirteenth and fourteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the thirteenth lot…the fourteenth lot” or “lot number 13…lot number 14”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	13	ip2n	translate-ordinal		0	the thirteenth…the fourteenth	This refers to the thirteenth and fourteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the thirteenth lot…the fourteenth lot” or “lot number 13…lot number 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	13	xl3b	translate-names		0	Huppah…Jeshebeab	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	14	cy7s			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
-1CH	24	14	l5gs	translate-ordinal		0	the fifteenth…the sixteenth	This refers to the fifteenth and sixteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the fifteenth lot…the sixteenth lot” or “lot number 15…lot number 16”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	14	l5gs	translate-ordinal		0	the fifteenth…the sixteenth	This refers to the fifteenth and sixteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the fifteenth lot…the sixteenth lot” or “lot number 15…lot number 16” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	14	h1zn	translate-names		0	Bilgah…Immer	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	15	eq6z			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
-1CH	24	15	vj1v	translate-ordinal		0	the seventeenth…the eighteenth	This refers to the seventeenth and eighteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the seventeenth lot…the eighteenth lot” or “lot number 17…lot number 18”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	15	vj1v	translate-ordinal		0	the seventeenth…the eighteenth	This refers to the seventeenth and eighteenth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the seventeenth lot…the eighteenth lot” or “lot number 17…lot number 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	15	fh6m	translate-names		0	Hezir…Happizzez	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	16	ln22			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
-1CH	24	16	p69z	translate-ordinal		0	the nineteenth…the twentieth	This refers to the nineteenth and twentieth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the nineteenth lot…the twentieth lot” or “lot number 19…lot number 20”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	16	p69z	translate-ordinal		0	the nineteenth…the twentieth	This refers to the nineteenth and twentieth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the nineteenth lot…the twentieth lot” or “lot number 19…lot number 20” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	16	f9bd	translate-names		0	Pethahiah…Jehezkel	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	17	cva5			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
-1CH	24	17	xpb1	translate-ordinal		0	the twenty-first…the twenty-second	This refers to the twenty-first and twenty-second lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-first lot…the twenty-second lot” or “lot number 21…lot number 22”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	17	xpb1	translate-ordinal		0	the twenty-first…the twenty-second	This refers to the twenty-first and twenty-second lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-first lot…the twenty-second lot” or “lot number 21…lot number 22” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	17	iw2l	translate-names		0	Jakin…Gamul	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	18	ps35			0	Connecting Statement:	This ends the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
-1CH	24	18	eam7	translate-ordinal		0	the twenty-third…the twenty-fourth	This refers to the twenty-third and twenty-fourth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-third lot…the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 23…lot number 24”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+1CH	24	18	eam7	translate-ordinal		0	the twenty-third…the twenty-fourth	This refers to the twenty-third and twenty-fourth lots. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-third lot…the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 23…lot number 24” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CH	24	18	kys6	translate-names		0	Delaiah…Maaziah	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	19	qau6	figs-activepassive		0	following the procedure given to them by Aaron their ancestor	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “following the rules that Aaron their ancestor gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CH	24	20	vz7g	translate-names		0	General Information:	This begins the list of names of the other sons of Levi. This list will end in [1 Chronicles 24:30](../24/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CH	24	27	r2cm	translate-names		0	Jaaziah…Shoham…Zaccur…Ibri	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	27	hxj7			0	from Jaaziah: Beno, Shoham	It seems Jaaziah is another son of Merari. And, Beno is the son of Jaaziah. Beno is mentioned in both verses 26 and 27 because he is a leader in his family. However, some Bibles translate “Beno” as “his son” rather than as a proper name. Those Bibles read like this: “from Jaaziah, his son: Shoham.”
 1CH	24	28	aaz6			0	Mahli…Eleazar	Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
-1CH	24	29	qkz5			0	From Kish: The son of Kish	This is written in the text as a title, but could be stated in a more complete form. Alternate translation:  “These are the sons who were descended from Kish”
+1CH	24	29	qkz5			0	From Kish: The son of Kish	This is written in the text as a title, but could be stated in a more complete form. Alternate translation: “These are the sons who were descended from Kish”
 1CH	24	29	u23a			0	Kish	Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
 1CH	24	29	ham6	translate-names		0	Jerahmeel	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CH	24	30	t5a5			0	Mushi	Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).

en_tn_14-2CH.tsv

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-2CH	front	intro	mtv8			0		# Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br>- Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br>- Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br>- Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br>- The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br>- From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br>- The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or  “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
+2CH	front	intro	mtv8			0		# Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br>- Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br>- Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br>- Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br>- The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br>- From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br>- The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
 2CH	1	intro	xkh4			0		# 2 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
 2CH	1	1	dx7s	figs-activepassive		0	was strengthened in his rule	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CH	1	1	p2am			0	Yahweh	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CH	20	37	yz7g	translate-names		0	Mareshah	Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 11:8](../11/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2CH	20	37	pjq3	figs-activepassive		0	The ships were wrecked so that	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The ships became ruined and” or “The ships wrecked so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CH	20	37	nwz7			0	they were not able to sail	“no one was able to sail them”
-2CH	21	intro	abcl			0		# 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease.  (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+2CH	21	intro	abcl			0		# 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
 2CH	21	1	fj5a	figs-euphemism		0	slept with his ancestors	Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 2CH	21	1	d8x6	figs-idiom		0	city of David	This is the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2CH	21	2	ts51	translate-names		0	Azariah, Jehiel, Zechariah, Azariahu, Michael, and Shephatiah	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

en_tn_16-NEH.tsv

@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ NEH	4	21	w4uu		מֵ⁠עֲל֣וֹת הַ⁠שַּׁ֔חַר עַ֖ד צֵ֥את
 NEH	4	21	jl3h	figs-metonymy	מֵ⁠עֲל֣וֹת הַ⁠שַּׁ֔חַר	1	the rising of the dawn	It is the point in time that the sun rises that is “dawn.” Here the sun rising is spoken of as if the “dawn” rose. Alternate translation: “the rising of the sun” or “dawn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NEH	4	22	r87p		בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם	1	in the middle of Jerusalem	“within Jerusalem”
 NEH	4	23	v2e1		פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	changed our clothes	“took off our clothes”
-NEH	5	intro	k7pb			0		# Nehemiah 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it  was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.
+NEH	5	intro	k7pb			0		# Nehemiah 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.
 NEH	5	1	za4u	figs-explicit	וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י צַעֲקַ֥ת הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֶל־אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים	1	Then the men and their wives raised a great outcry against their fellow Jews	Since they were working on the wall, the workers did not have enough time to work to buy and grow food for their families. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NEH	5	1	czx5		הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	the men and their wives	This refers to the men who were working on building the wall.
 NEH	5	1	zmb8	figs-abstractnouns	צַעֲקַ֥ת…גְּדוֹלָ֑ה	1	raised a great outcry	The word “outcry” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

en_tn_17-EST.tsv

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-EST	front	intro	d989			0		# Introduction to Esther<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Esther<br><br>1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)<br>1. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)<br>1. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)<br>1. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)<br>1. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)<br>1. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)<br>1. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)<br>1. Conclusion (10:1–3)<br><br>### What is the Book of Esther about?<br><br>The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.<br><br>This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur.” It means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Persian Empire?<br><br>King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had exiled.<br><br>### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?<br><br>In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.<br><br>### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?<br><br>The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued.  In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.<br><br>The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?<br><br>In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.
+EST	front	intro	d989			0		# Introduction to Esther<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Esther<br><br>1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)<br>1. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)<br>1. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)<br>1. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)<br>1. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)<br>1. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)<br>1. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)<br>1. Conclusion (10:1–3)<br><br>### What is the Book of Esther about?<br><br>The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.<br><br>This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur.” It means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Persian Empire?<br><br>King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had exiled.<br><br>### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?<br><br>In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.<br><br>### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?<br><br>The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.<br><br>The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?<br><br>In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.
 EST	1	intro	v1fp			0		# Esther 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s divorce<br><br>The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests; so the advisers told him to divorce her.
 EST	1	1	zzz2			0	In the days of Ahasuerus	“In the time of Ahasuerus” or “When Ahasuerus was ruling as king”
 EST	1	1	v5ts	writing-background		0	this is Ahasuerus who reigned from India as far as Cush, over 127 provinces	This is background information to help the reader identify Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ EST	1	21	p5us	translate-names		0	Memukan	Translate his name as in [Esther 1:14](
 EST	1	22	n1pr			0	province	A province is a large area into which some countries are divided for the purposes of government. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:1](../01/01.md).
 EST	1	22	jj9n			0	every man should be master of his own household	“all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children”
 EST	1	22	e481	figs-activepassive		0	This decree was given	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote this decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EST	2	intro	eb4q			0		# Esther 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king.  The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
+EST	2	intro	eb4q			0		# Esther 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
 EST	2	1	dpc3	writing-newevent		0	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened a while later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EST	2	1	e4lp			0	the anger of King Ahasuerus subsided	“the king became less angry”
 EST	2	1	xpt9			0	the decree	This is refers to the decree in [Esther 1:19-20](../01/19.md).
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ EST	2	22	dgp3	figs-idiom		0	in the name of Mordecai	This is an idiom. Alternate
 EST	2	23	ld4y	figs-activepassive		0	The report was investigated and confirmed, and both the men were hanged	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The king investigated and confirmed the report, and ordered his servants to hang both men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EST	2	23	y28j	translate-unknown		0	a gallows	This was a structure used for killing people by tying one end of a rope around the top of the structure and the other end of the rope around their necks and hanging them from it. Alternate translation: “a frame for hanging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EST	2	23	g9nh	figs-activepassive		0	This account was written	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They recorded this account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EST	3	intro	zb26			0		# Esther 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai considered prostrating himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. It was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it on religious grounds. This made Haman angry  so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire.
+EST	3	intro	zb26			0		# Esther 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai considered prostrating himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. It was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it on religious grounds. This made Haman angry so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire.
 EST	3	1	mm4c	writing-newevent		0	After these things	This introduces a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EST	3	1	ir5v	translate-names		0	Haman son of Hammedatha the Agagite	This is the name and description of Haman, one of the king’s officials. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EST	3	1	ptm4	figs-idiom		0	placed his seat of authority above all the officials who were with him	Here “seat of authority” represents his position or status in the government. Alternate translation: “promoted him above the other officials” or “gave him more authority than all the other officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ EST	3	15	i12c	figs-activepassive		0	The decree was also distributed	This can be
 EST	3	15	m927			0	the fortress	This refers to a castle, stronghold or fortified city. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:2](../01/02.md).
 EST	3	15	nlk8	translate-names		0	Susa	See how you translated the name of this place in [Esther 1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EST	3	15	wm4u			0	was in turmoil	“was in a state of great confusion”
-EST	4	intro	z7u2			0		# Esther 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai warns Esther to act<br><br>Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives, even if she risks her own death.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There is implicit information translators may not understand. “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?”  This means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EST	4	intro	z7u2			0		# Esther 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai warns Esther to act<br><br>Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives, even if she risks her own death.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There is implicit information translators may not understand. “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” This means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EST	4	1	nya6			0	learned of all that had been done	“found out about those letters”
 EST	4	1	vgy8	translate-symaction		0	tore his clothes and put on sackcloth and ashes	These acts are signs of severe sadness. Alternate translation: “tore his clothes and put on sackcloth and ashes to show his grief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 EST	4	3	e73y			0	province	A province is a large area into which some countries are divided for the purposes of government. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:1](../01/01.md).
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ EST	8	3	bp22			0	the Agagite	See how you translated this in [Esther 3:1](../03/0
 EST	8	3	c2hw			0	scheme that he had devised	“the plot that he had invented” or “the plot that Haman invented”
 EST	8	4	xh24			0	the king held out the golden scepter to Esther	He did this to show that he was pleased with her. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Esther 5:2](../05/02.md)
 EST	8	5	w7yl			0	If it pleases the king	“If what I ask for pleases the king”
-EST	8	5	ftc7	figs-idiom		0	if I have found favor in your eyes	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that he is pleased with her. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and  sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. Alternate translation: “if you have evaluated me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EST	8	5	ftc7	figs-idiom		0	if I have found favor in your eyes	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that he is pleased with her. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. Alternate translation: “if you have evaluated me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EST	8	5	h8zb	figs-metaphor		0	if the thing seems right before the king	“Before the king” here is a metaphor representing his evaluation. Alternate translation: “if what I ask for seems right in the king’s evaluation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EST	8	5	xci7	figs-metonymy		0	I am pleasing in your eyes	Here “your eyes” is a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and I please you” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EST	8	5	nbk3			0	revoke	take back and make of no effect

en_tn_18-JOB.tsv

@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ JOB	5	25	f961	figs-simile		0	your offspring will be like the grass on the ground
 JOB	5	26	a9gt			0	You will come to your grave at a full age	“You will die at a very old age”
 JOB	5	26	w6jt	figs-explicit		0	like a stack of grain bundles that goes up at its time	You may need to make explicit that the grain in this simile is fully ripe but not overly ripe. He would neither die young nor become weak in his old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JOB	5	27	uwj5	figs-exclusive		0	See, we have examined this matter; it is like this; listen to it, and know it for yourself	The words “we” refers to Job’s friends but not to Job. Alternate translation: “Look, we have thought about this matter. Listen to what I am saying and know that it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JOB	6	intro	r7kh			0		# Job 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are  supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB	6	intro	r7kh			0		# Job 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOB	6	2	use6	figs-parallelism		0	if only my anguish were weighed; if only all my calamity were laid in the balance	Here the writer uses two different statements to convey a single idea, the burden of Job’s suffering. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if only I could weigh my anguish and all my calamities in the balance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JOB	6	2	cqr6			0	in the balance	“on a scale”
 JOB	6	3	l5j1	figs-simile		0	For now it would be heavier than the sand of the seas	Job compares the burden of his suffering to the weight of wet sand; both can crush a person. Alternate translation: “For my anguish and calamities would be heavier than the sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ JOB	6	21	gk7t			0	For now	Job uses this phrase to introduce the main part of wha
 JOB	6	21	wa4z			0	you friends are nothing to me	“you friends have not helped me at all”
 JOB	6	21	zr7k	figs-explicit		0	are afraid	This means that they see the trouble Job has and are afraid of being in the same situation. Alternate translation: “you are afraid that God might do similar things to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JOB	6	23	vq26	figs-rquestion		0	or, ‘Save me from my adversary’s hand’ or, ‘Ransom me from the hand of my oppressors’?	These words are the last of a series of rhetorical questions that begins in verse 22. Job uses these questions to emphasize that he has not asked his friends to give him anything or to help him. “I never said to you, ‘Give…me’ or, ‘Offer…wealth’ or, ‘Save…hand’ or, ‘Ransom…oppressors’.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JOB	6	23	x1gs	figs-metonymy		0	my adversary’s hand…the hand of my oppressors	The word  “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “having my adversary control me…having my oppressors control me” or “my adversary’s power…my oppressors’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JOB	6	23	x1gs	figs-metonymy		0	my adversary’s hand…the hand of my oppressors	The word “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “having my adversary control me…having my oppressors control me” or “my adversary’s power…my oppressors’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JOB	6	23	z65f			0	Ransom me	“Rescue me”
 JOB	6	24	t8mf	figs-you		0	Teach me…make me	These verbs “teach” and “make” are second person plural and are spoken to his friends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JOB	6	24	jg8f	figs-idiom		0	I will hold my peace	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will be silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ JOB	16	20	v43g	figs-hyperbole		0	my eye pours out tears	Job describes how strong
 JOB	16	21	izh8	figs-123person		0	for this man	“for me.” Here Job refers to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JOB	16	21	kk12	figs-simile		0	as a man does with his neighbor!	“as a man does for his neighbor.” Job describes how he wants that one in heaven to plead for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JOB	16	22	z81v	figs-explicit		0	I will go to a place	Here Job is referring to himself dying. Alternate translation: “I will die and go to a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JOB	17	intro	rs6g			0		# Job 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s grief<br>Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and  [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
+JOB	17	intro	rs6g			0		# Job 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s grief<br>Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
 JOB	17	1	a993			0	General Information:	Job continues to speak.
 JOB	17	1	c8r6	figs-synecdoche		0	My spirit is consumed	Job refers to himself by his “spirit” to emphasize his inner emotions. He speaks of not having any strength left as if he were something that has been used up. Alternate translation: “I am consumed” or “I have lost all of my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JOB	17	1	yjx4			0	my days are over	“my time is over” or “I am going to die soon”
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ JOB	17	16	h77p	figs-rquestion		0	Will hope go down with me…dust?	The implicit
 JOB	17	16	yx83	figs-metaphor		0	gates of Sheol	Sheol does not really have gates, but it is a metaphor for Job entering Sheol. Alternate translation: “when I go into Sheol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JOB	17	16	ajw5			0	when we	“when I and the things that I hope for” or “when I and my hopes.” The word “we” refers to Job and his hope.
 JOB	17	16	z16e	figs-idiom		0	descend to the dust	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “die and are buried” or “go to the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JOB	18	intro	qk5f			0		# Job 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is  the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JOB	18	intro	qk5f			0		# Job 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
 JOB	18	1	g41k	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	Bildad the Shuhite is speaking to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JOB	18	1	b2sb			0	Then Bildad the Shuhite answered and said	“Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. See how you translated this in [Job 8:1](../08/01.md).
 JOB	18	2	b4en	figs-rquestion		0	When will you stop your talk?	This rhetorical question means that Job has been talking for too long. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop talking!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ JOB	19	29	tw35	figs-metonymy		0	then be afraid of the sword	Possible meanings ar
 JOB	19	29	t8gg	figs-abstractnouns		0	because wrath brings the punishment of the sword	The abstract nouns “wrath” and “punishment” can be expressed with the adjective “angry” and the verb “punish.” Possible meanings are that (1) God’s anger results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because God will be angry with you and punish you” or (2) the anger of Job’s friends results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because if you are so angry with me, God will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JOB	19	29	yy9j			0	brings	“causes” or “results in”
 JOB	19	29	n1i1	figs-abstractnouns		0	there is a judgment	The abstract noun “judgment” can be expressed with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God judges people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JOB	20	intro	p78g			0		# Job 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is  the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JOB	20	intro	p78g			0		# Job 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JOB	20	1	p292			0	General Information:	Zophar replies to Job.
 JOB	20	1	chh1			0	Zophar the Naamathite	See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). Since this is the second time that Zophar speaks, some translations omit “the Naamathite” here.
 JOB	20	2	eef1	figs-metaphor		0	My thoughts make me answer quickly	The idea of Zophar’s thoughts making him do something represents his strong desire to do something. Alternate translation: “I want very much to answer you quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ JOB	31	38	g2jv	figs-hypo		0	General Information:	This concludes Job’s descript
 JOB	31	38	r91t	figs-personification		0	If my land ever cries out against me, and its furrows weep together	Job speaks of being guilty as if his land were a person who cries out against Job because of the wrong Job has done to the land. Alternate translation: “If I have done wrong concerning my land” or “If I have stolen my land from someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JOB	31	39	vfe3	figs-metonymy		0	to lose their lives	This represents dying. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JOB	31	40	k93z	figs-ellipsis		0	weeds instead of barley	The words “let” and “grow” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “let weeds grow instead of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JOB	32	intro	pq4v			0		# Job 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Job’s friends give up on trying to convince him that he is being punished for sinning. This chapter introduces Elihu who was a witness to these interactions between Job and his friends. According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the first of Elihu’s four statements. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and  [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 32:6-22, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This quotation continues through the next chapter.
+JOB	32	intro	pq4v			0		# Job 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Job’s friends give up on trying to convince him that he is being punished for sinning. This chapter introduces Elihu who was a witness to these interactions between Job and his friends. According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the first of Elihu’s four statements. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 32:6-22, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This quotation continues through the next chapter.
 JOB	32	1	k2f6	figs-metaphor		0	he was righteous in his own eyes	The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “he considered himself righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JOB	32	2	cr7d	figs-metaphor		0	Then was kindled the anger of Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram; it was kindled against Job	This compares Elihu’s anger to someone starting a fire. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram, became very angry with Job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JOB	32	2	hxc1	translate-names		0	Elihu…Barakel…Ram	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1897,7 +1897,7 @@ JOB	32	20	w6zz	figs-synecdoche		0	open my lips	Here the “lips” represent the
 JOB	32	21	mi73			0	neither will I give honorific titles to any man	“neither will I praise any man or give him titles of honor”
 JOB	32	22	nb65			0	my Maker	This is a name referring to God. Alternate translation: “God who made me”
 JOB	32	22	i4r2	figs-euphemism		0	take me away	This means that he would destroy him. Alternate translation: “destroy me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JOB	33	intro	t7rx			0		# Job 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the first of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and  [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This quotation is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s mercy<br>While Job has been complaining about the lack of justice and response from Yahweh, Elihu shows Job that Yahweh has shown him great mercy along the way. He is still alive because of Yahweh’s mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
+JOB	33	intro	t7rx			0		# Job 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the first of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This quotation is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s mercy<br>While Job has been complaining about the lack of justice and response from Yahweh, Elihu shows Job that Yahweh has shown him great mercy along the way. He is still alive because of Yahweh’s mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
 JOB	33	1	ct2e			0	General Information:	Elihu continues speaking.
 JOB	33	1	m7lu	figs-parallelism		0	hear my speech; listen to all my words	These two phrases mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that Job must listen carefully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JOB	33	2	j572	figs-parallelism		0	I have opened my mouth…my tongue has spoken in my mouth	These mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that he is now ready to speak. His “tongue” speaking represents himself speaking. Alternate translation: “I have opened my mouth and I have begun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ JOB	33	30	myd4	figs-activepassive		0	he may be enlightened with the light of lif
 JOB	33	31	sm1q			0	General Information:	Elihu continues speaking to Job.
 JOB	33	31	z1l9	figs-doublet		0	Pay attention, Job, and listen to me	These phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully to me, Job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JOB	33	32	g3l6	figs-idiom		0	that you are in the right	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “that you are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JOB	34	intro	b9ku			0		# Job 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the second of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and  [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>Elihu defends the justice of Yahweh after Job claimed that Yahweh was being unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+JOB	34	intro	b9ku			0		# Job 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the second of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>Elihu defends the justice of Yahweh after Job claimed that Yahweh was being unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
 JOB	34	1	h9vc			0	Moreover, Elihu	“Then, Elihu”
 JOB	34	1	yw36	translate-names		0	Elihu	See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 32:2](../32/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JOB	34	2	k8a4			0	Listen to my words	“Listen to what I say”
@@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ JOB	34	36	w7eb			0	of his talking like wicked men	“of how he has spoken like a
 JOB	34	37	jr4v	figs-explicit		0	he adds rebellion	This refers to rebellion against God. Alternate translation: “he adds rebellion against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JOB	34	37	fm5k	figs-explicit		0	he claps his hands in mockery in our midst	In this accusation, this means that Job clapped his hands to strengthen his mockery of God. Alternate translation: “he claps his hands as he mocks God in our midst” or “he mocks God right in front of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 JOB	34	37	g7nc	figs-metaphor		0	he piles up words against God	Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JOB	35	intro	mfr6			0		# Job 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and  [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br>Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+JOB	35	intro	mfr6			0		# Job 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br>Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
 JOB	35	2	s9jw	figs-rquestion		0	Do you think this is just…‘My right before God’?	Elihu uses questions to challenge Job. Alternate translation: “You must think you are right…‘My right before God.’” or “It is not just…‘My right before God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOB	35	2	yh9l			0	Do you think this is just when you say	“Do you think it is right for you to say”
 JOB	35	2	g7jg	figs-you		0	Do you think	Here “you” is singular and refers to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ JOB	35	15	r6hq			0	General Information:	Elihu continues speaking.
 JOB	35	15	ub2k			0	Now you say that his anger does not punish, and he does not take even a litte notice of transgression	Because Job is saying these things about God that are untrue, it is even less likely that God will answer Job’s prayers.
 JOB	35	15	kpu8	figs-metonymy		0	his anger does not punish	Here “his anger” is a metonym for “him.” Alternate translation: “he never punishes anyone because he is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JOB	35	16	ben3	figs-metaphor		0	he piles up words without knowledge	Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. The word “knowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words without knowing what he is talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JOB	36	intro	pp2j			0		# Job 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the last of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and  [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+JOB	36	intro	pp2j			0		# Job 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the last of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
 JOB	36	2	h1hx	figs-metaphor		0	I will show you some things	Elihu speaks of explaining things to Job as if he were going to show those things to Job. Alternate translation: “I will explain some things to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JOB	36	3	c3pd	figs-metaphor		0	I will obtain my knowledge from far off	Elihu speaks of having knowledge of many different subjects as if it were getting his knowledge from far away places. Alternate translation: “I will show you my great knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JOB	36	3	u4g9	figs-abstractnouns		0	that righteousness belongs to my Maker	Here the word “righteousness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “that my Maker is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ JOB	36	30	e9es	figs-metaphor		0	and covers the roots of the sea	Elihu speaks of
 JOB	36	32	tsi9	figs-metaphor		0	He fills his hands with the lightning	Elihu speaks of the lightning that storms cause as if God were holding the lightning in his hand and directing it to strike where he wills. Possible meanings are (1) that God holds the lightning bolts in his hands in order to throw them, or (2) that God hides the lightning bolts in his hands until he is ready to use them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JOB	36	33	k3qk			0	Its thunder	“The thunder caused by the lightning” or “The thunder”
 JOB	36	33	se83			0	hear it is coming	“hear that the storm is coming”
-JOB	37	intro	ccm7			0		# Job 37 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the previous chapter and the last of Elihu’s four statements, and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and  [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
+JOB	37	intro	ccm7			0		# Job 37 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the previous chapter and the last of Elihu’s four statements, and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
 JOB	37	1	mup1	figs-parallelism		0	my heart trembles…it is moved out of its place	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JOB	37	1	eid2			0	my heart trembles at this	The word “this” refers to the storm in [Job 36:33](../36/33.md).
 JOB	37	1	nhy8	figs-metaphor		0	it is moved out of its place	Elihu speaks of his heart beating violently as if it were to jump out of his chest. Alternate translation: “it moves out of its place” or “it beats violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@ JOB	38	6	i7br	figs-rquestion		0	General Information:	The word “its” refers t
 JOB	38	6	a776			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
 JOB	38	6	i5wb	figs-rquestion		0	On what were its foundations laid?	This can be stated in active form. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “On what did I set its foundations?” or “Tell me on what its foundations were laid.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JOB	38	6	p5tv	figs-rquestion		0	Who laid its cornerstone	This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me who laid its cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JOB	38	7	r55l	figs-rquestion		0		Job finishes the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who laid its cornerstone” in verse 6.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB	38	7	r55l	figs-rquestion		0		Job finishes the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who laid its cornerstone” in verse 6. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOB	38	7	g3kf	figs-rquestion		0	when the morning stars…the sons of God shouted for joy?	Job finishes the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who laid its cornerstone” in verse 6. This can be translated as a statement. “Tell me who laid its cornerstone when the morning stars…the sons of God shouted for joy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOB	38	7	ql8y	figs-personification		0	when the morning stars sang together	The morning stars are spoken of as singing like people sing. Possible meanings are: (1) the “morning stars” are the same as the “sons of God” in the next line or (2) “the morning stars” refer to stars in the sky. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JOB	38	7	z79e			0	the morning stars	“the bright stars that shine in the morning”
@@ -2207,7 +2207,7 @@ JOB	38	8	h82c			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
 JOB	38	8	i6wl	figs-rquestion		0	Who shut up the sea…of the womb	This can be translated as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell me who shut up the sea…of the womb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOB	38	8	x8t1	figs-metaphor		0	shut up the sea with doors	Yahweh compares the way that he prevented the sea from covering all of the earth to holding it back with doors. Alternate translation: “prevented the water from flooding over the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JOB	38	8	txy1	figs-simile		0	as if it had come out of the womb	Yahweh compares his creation of the sea to childbirth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JOB	38	9	un26	figs-rquestion		0		This is the end of the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who shut up” in verse 8.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB	38	9	un26	figs-rquestion		0		This is the end of the rhetorical question that begins with the words “Who shut up” in verse 8. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOB	38	9	fhm1	figs-rquestion		0	when I made clouds…and thick darkness its swaddling bands?	This can be translated as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell me who shut up…when I made clouds…and thick darkness its swaddling bands.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOB	38	9	n9tt			0	its clothing	“as clothes for the sea”
 JOB	38	9	zkz3	figs-abstractnouns		0	thick darkness its swaddling bands	The abstract noun “darkness” can be translated as the adjective “dark.” Alternate translation: “made dark clouds its swaddling bands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ JOB	38	31	kqa9			0	fasten chains on	“bind chains onto” or “tie the bonds o
 JOB	38	31	p1ai			0	the Pleiades…Orion	These are the names of constellations. See how you translated them in [Job 9:9](../09/09.md).
 JOB	38	31	wb4a			0	undo the cords of Orion	“loosen the cords that hold Orion”
 JOB	38	32	n1r3			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
-JOB	38	32	ys38	figs-rquestion		0	Can you lead the constellations…proper times? Can you guide…children?	These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You cannot lead the constellations…proper times. You cannot guide…children.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB	38	32	ys38	figs-rquestion		0	Can you lead the constellations…proper times? Can you guide…children?	These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “You cannot lead the constellations…proper times. You cannot guide…children.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOB	38	32	lrw6			0	constellations	groups of stars that seem like they form a particular shape in the sky
 JOB	38	32	qx9k			0	to appear at their proper times	“so that they appear at the right time”
 JOB	38	32	x8g2			0	the Bear	This is the name of a constellation. Translate as in [Job 9:9](../09/09.md).
@@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ JOB	41	intro	et13			0		# Job 41 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>
 JOB	41	1	hgy7			0	General Information:	God continues speaking. He is using many rhetorical questions to challenge Job.
 JOB	41	1	tg8a	figs-rquestion		0	Can you draw out Leviathan with a fishhook?	God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot draw out Leviathan with a fishhook.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOB	41	1	f9dw			0	draw out	pull out of the water
-JOB	41	1	li7c	figs-ellipsis		0	Or tie up his jaws with a cord?	The words “can you” are understood from the previous question. They can be repeated here. God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement.  Alternate translation:  “Or can you tie up his jaws with a cord?” or “And you know that you cannot tie up his jaws with a cord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JOB	41	1	li7c	figs-ellipsis		0	Or tie up his jaws with a cord?	The words “can you” are understood from the previous question. They can be repeated here. God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Or can you tie up his jaws with a cord?” or “And you know that you cannot tie up his jaws with a cord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOB	41	1	t8j2			0	his jaws	Leviathan’s jaws
 JOB	41	2	y88e	figs-rquestion		0	Can you put a rope into his nose…with a hook?	God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot put a rope into Leviathan’s nose…with a hook.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOB	41	3	f3f9	figs-rquestion		0	Will he make many pleas to you?	God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that he will not make pleas to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

en_tn_19-PSA.tsv

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ PSA	1	5	nr84	figs-metonymy		0	nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous	Being
 PSA	1	6	wmx7	figs-parallelism		0	For Yahweh approves of the way of the righteous, but the way of the wicked will perish	These two clauses contrast what happens to righteous people with what happens to wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PSA	1	6	cxy6	figs-metaphor		0	the way of the righteous	How people live is spoken of as if it were a “way” or “road” that they are walking on. Alternate translation: “how the righteous live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PSA	1	6	jy56	figs-metaphor		0	the way of the wicked will perish	How people live and what they do is spoken of as if it were a “way” or “road” that they walk on. Possible meanings are (1) the way perishing represents the wicked perishing because of how they live. Alternate translation: “The wicked will die because of how they live” or (2) the way perishing is a metaphor for no longer being able to live the way they do. Alternate translation: “the wicked will no longer be able to live the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA	2	intro	z14u			0		# Psalm 002 General Notes<br>## Type of  psalm<br><br>Psalm 2 is usually considered a royal psalm because it is about the king. It was probably first sung when a new person became the king. It is often thought to be about the Messiah because of verse 6 and 7 reference the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br><br>The main theme of this psalm is that God is protecting and empowering the king he has appointed and that it is useless for the foreign nations to oppose God and his king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>“Today I have begotten you” here is a metaphor meaning that God acknowledges the king as his special person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PSA	2	intro	z14u			0		# Psalm 002 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 2 is usually considered a royal psalm because it is about the king. It was probably first sung when a new person became the king. It is often thought to be about the Messiah because of verse 6 and 7 reference the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br><br>The main theme of this psalm is that God is protecting and empowering the king he has appointed and that it is useless for the foreign nations to oppose God and his king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>“Today I have begotten you” here is a metaphor meaning that God acknowledges the king as his special person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PSA	2	1	bht4	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PSA	2	1	e4gn	figs-rquestion		0	Why are the nations in turmoil, and why do the peoples make plots that will fail?	These questions are used to show surprise that the people are doing things that are so wrong and foolish. Alternate translation: “The nations are in turmoil and the peoples are making plots that will fail.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 PSA	2	1	zq9d			0	are the nations in turmoil	This probably means that the nations were making a noisy and angry commotion.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ PSA	2	3	xw9h	figs-metaphor		0	Let us tear off the shackles…throw off their cha
 PSA	2	4	e8l8			0	He…the Lord	These phrases refer to Yahweh. Yahweh is often called “the Lord” but the words for “Yahweh” and “the Lord” are different.
 PSA	2	4	t9zx	figs-explicit		0	sits in the heavens	Here sitting represents ruling. What he sits on can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “rules in the heavens” or “sits on his throne in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PSA	2	4	zyd3	figs-explicit		0	the Lord mocks them	“the Lord mocks those people.” Why he mocks them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The Lord mocks them for their foolish plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PSA	2	5	z631	figs-abstractnouns		0	terrify them in his rage	The abstract noun “rage” can be stated as “furious.” Alternate translation: “he will be furious and terrify them”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PSA	2	5	z631	figs-abstractnouns		0	terrify them in his rage	The abstract noun “rage” can be stated as “furious.” Alternate translation: “he will be furious and terrify them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PSA	2	5	jjb4			0	terrify	greatly frighten
 PSA	2	6	emc4			0	I myself	Yahweh is emphasizing that he, and not someone else, has anointed his king.
 PSA	2	6	v3q9			0	anointed my king	“appointed my king to rule”
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ PSA	14	6	ysx7	figs-metaphor		0	Yahweh is his refuge	This speaks of the protectio
 PSA	14	7	uji3	figs-exclamations		0	Oh, that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion!	This is an exclamation. The writer is saying what he wishes or longs for God to do. Alternate translation: “I wish so much that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 PSA	14	7	xxx6	figs-metonymy		0	Oh, that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion!	Here “the salvation of Israel” is a metonym for Yahweh, the one who saves Israel. Alternate translation: “Oh, that Yahweh would come from Zion and save Israel!” or “I wish that Yahweh would come from Zion and rescue his people Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PSA	14	7	h25q	figs-parallelism		0	then Jacob will rejoice and Israel will be glad	These two phrases mean the same thing. Here both “Jacob” and “Israel” represent the people of Israel. The two phrases can be combined in the translation. Alternate translation: “then all the people of Israel will rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-PSA	15	intro	j6s2			0		# Psalm 015 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 15 is a wisdom psalm telling how people who honor God should live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Godliness<br>This psalm outlines a person who is godly and sees others from a godly perspective. There are several good actions mentioned. Such a person treats his neighbor right, does not slander him, does not take a bribe or interest from him, and keeps his promises even when it is difficult to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Moral Conditions for Worship<br><br>Scholars have noted that this psalm contains a list of ten different conditions for those who want to participate in worship at the temple. The list consists of three positives in verse 2, 3 negatives in verse 3, two positives in verse 4, followed by two negatives in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
+PSA	15	intro	j6s2			0		# Psalm 015 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 15 is a wisdom psalm telling how people who honor God should live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Godliness<br>This psalm outlines a person who is godly and sees others from a godly perspective. There are several good actions mentioned. Such a person treats his neighbor right, does not slander him, does not take a bribe or interest from him, and keeps his promises even when it is difficult to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Moral Conditions for Worship<br><br>Scholars have noted that this psalm contains a list of ten different conditions for those who want to participate in worship at the temple. The list consists of three positives in verse 2, 3 negatives in verse 3, two positives in verse 4, followed by two negatives in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
 PSA	15	1	u6j8	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PSA	15	1	sql5	figs-metonymy		0	Who may live on your holy hill?	God’s “holy hill” represents God’s temple, which was on Mount Zion. Alternate translation: “Who may live in your holy place?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PSA	15	2	jg77			0	speaks truth from his heart	“speaks honestly”
@@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@ PSA	43	5	qb88	figs-rquestion		0	Why are you bowed down, my soul? Why are you ups
 PSA	43	5	wn18	figs-metaphor		0	bowed down	The writer speaks of depression or discouragement as if it were his soul being bent over. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). Alternate translation: “discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PSA	43	5	z1zd	figs-imperative		0	Hope in God	The writer continues to speak to his own soul and commands it to trust God. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 PSA	43	5	dgl5	figs-doublet		0	my salvation and my God	The phrase “my salvation” refers to God. If necessary the two phrases can be combined. Alternate translation: “my God who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-PSA	44	intro	cu7e			0		# Psalm 044 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 44 is a deliverance psalm. It is a prayer for God’s help against enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Enemies<br>When Israel entered the Promised Land, God fought for  them and drove out their enemies. Since their enemies have now defeated them, they are in need of God’s help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### Superscription<br>This psalm is called “a Maschil.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
+PSA	44	intro	cu7e			0		# Psalm 044 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 44 is a deliverance psalm. It is a prayer for God’s help against enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Enemies<br>When Israel entered the Promised Land, God fought for them and drove out their enemies. Since their enemies have now defeated them, they are in need of God’s help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### Superscription<br>This psalm is called “a Maschil.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm.
 PSA	44	1	gi44	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PSA	44	1	n2t8			0	For the chief musician	“This is for the director of music to use in worship.”
 PSA	44	1	vwd3			0	A psalm of the sons of Korah	“This is a psalm that the sons of Korah wrote.”
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ PSA	49	17	cz54	figs-euphemism		0	his glory will not go down after him	The phrase
 PSA	49	18	eq9c	figs-synecdoche		0	He blessed his soul	Here the word “soul” refers to the whole person. This phrase means that he considered himself to be happy and successful because of his riches. Alternate translation: “He congratulated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PSA	49	19	hq9g	figs-euphemism		0	he will go to the generation of his fathers	“he will go to where his fathers’ generation is.” This is a euphemism that means that the rich man will die and join his ancestors in the grave. Alternate translation: “he will join his ancestors in the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 PSA	49	19	dvh8	figs-metaphor		0	they will never see the light again	The word “they” refers to the rich man and his ancestors. The word “light” may refer to the sun or be a metaphor for life. Alternate translation: “they will never see the sun again” or “they will never live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA	50	intro	cbd7			0		# Psalm 050 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 50  is a wisdom psalm. It tells what pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sacrifices<br>God does not need animal sacrifices; he does not eat meat or drink blood. The world and everything in it belong to God. He wants people to be thankful and to depend on him. God rejects evil people who reject his covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
+PSA	50	intro	cbd7			0		# Psalm 050 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 50 is a wisdom psalm. It tells what pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sacrifices<br>God does not need animal sacrifices; he does not eat meat or drink blood. The world and everything in it belong to God. He wants people to be thankful and to depend on him. God rejects evil people who reject his covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
 PSA	50	1	v4hj	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	This psalm is a song that teaches people. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PSA	50	1	wpn8			0	The Mighty One, God, Yahweh	The author uses three different names to speak of God.
 PSA	50	1	s58x	figs-metonymy		0	called the earth	Here the word “earth” refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “called all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ PSA	66	6	ipc9	figs-explicit		0	He turned the sea into dry land; they went throug
 PSA	66	6	dbi6			0	they went	The word “they” refers to God’s people, the Israelites.
 PSA	66	6	c4mh	figs-inclusive		0	we rejoiced	The word “we” refers to the Israelites, their ancestors, David, and the people he is speaking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
 PSA	66	7	fhu2			0	He…his	These words refer to God.
-PSA	66	7	v55x	figs-synecdoche		0	his eyes	These  phrase “his eyes” refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “he sees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+PSA	66	7	v55x	figs-synecdoche		0	his eyes	These phrase “his eyes” refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “he sees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PSA	66	7	csw4			0	let not the rebellious exalt themselves	“let not the rebellious people exalt themselves” or “let not the rebellious people be proud”
 PSA	66	8	p33g	figs-parallelism		0	Give blessing to God…let the sound of his praise be heard	These two clauses have similar meanings. The idea is repeated to emphasize the importance of praising God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PSA	66	9	nub8	figs-inclusive		0	us…our	These words refer to David and the people he is speaking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
@@ -3521,7 +3521,7 @@ PSA	92	13	g7gv	figs-metaphor		0	they flourish	The psalmist speaks of righteous p
 PSA	92	13	rg5j			0	in the courts of our God	in the courtyard of the temple in Jerusalem.
 PSA	92	14	pf43	figs-metaphor		0	They bear fruit	The psalmist speaks of righteous people as if they were trees that produce food. Alternate translation: “They please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PSA	92	14	m2x1	figs-metaphor		0	they stay fresh and green	The psalmist speaks of righteous people as if they were trees. Alternate translation: “they remain strong and healthy” or “they always do what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PSA	92	15	sev8			0	to proclaim that	These words continue the thought begun  by the words “they stay fresh and green” in ([Psalms 92:14](../092/014.md)). Possible meanings are (1) “they stay fresh and green, so that they can proclaim” or (2) “they stay fresh and green. This shows that.”
+PSA	92	15	sev8			0	to proclaim that	These words continue the thought begun by the words “they stay fresh and green” in ([Psalms 92:14](../092/014.md)). Possible meanings are (1) “they stay fresh and green, so that they can proclaim” or (2) “they stay fresh and green. This shows that.”
 PSA	92	15	fh1p	figs-metaphor		0	He is my rock	“Yahweh is the one who protects me.” The psalmist speaks of Yahweh as if he were a rock that would protect him. See how this is translated in [Psalms 18:2](../018/002.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PSA	93	intro	r2fh			0		# Psalm 093 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 93 is a worship psalm about the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s power<br>Yahweh is all powerful; He even controls the ocean.
 PSA	93	1	gs1h	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -3883,7 +3883,7 @@ PSA	104	30	bvs4			0	you renew the countryside	“you cause the land to be full o
 PSA	104	34	wqg4	figs-metaphor		0	my thoughts be sweet	He is comparing his thoughts to something that tastes sweet. Alternate translation: “my thoughts be pleasing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PSA	104	35	j2if			0	vanish	disappear
 PSA	104	35	d8e7	figs-nominaladj		0	let the wicked be no more	The phrase “the wicked” refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “may wicked people disappear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-PSA	105	intro	lfu2			0		# Psalm 105 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 105 is the third in a series of five psalms of praise to  God. (Psalm 103-107)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br>God protected Abraham and Jacob. He worked throughout Israel’s history to bring Israel into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+PSA	105	intro	lfu2			0		# Psalm 105 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 105 is the third in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br>God protected Abraham and Jacob. He worked throughout Israel’s history to bring Israel into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
 PSA	105	1	zzf7	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PSA	105	1	vd4n	figs-metonymy		0	call on his name	Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “call on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PSA	105	1	x3bs	figs-metonymy		0	the nations	This refers to the people in the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3947,7 +3947,7 @@ PSA	105	43	s27l	figs-parallelism		0	He led his people out…his chosen with shou
 PSA	105	43	is64	figs-nominaladj		0	his chosen	Here “chosen” refers to Yahweh’s chosen people. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 PSA	105	43	vc3k			0	shouts of triumph	the sound that people make when they are shouting with joy because they have defeated their enemies
 PSA	105	45	x32z	figs-parallelism		0	keep his statutes and obey his laws	These two phrases have basically the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. “To keep” his statutes means to obey them. Alternate translation: “obey his laws and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-PSA	106	intro	b2l3			0		# Psalm 106 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 106 is the fourth in a series of five psalms of praise to  God. (Psalm 103-107)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Although Israel continually sinned in the desert, God still took them to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
+PSA	106	intro	b2l3			0		# Psalm 106 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 106 is the fourth in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Although Israel continually sinned in the desert, God still took them to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
 PSA	106	1	m751	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PSA	106	1	n4rk	figs-abstractnouns		0	for his covenant faithfulness endures forever	The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “for he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PSA	106	2	mp3f	figs-rquestion		0	Who can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh…deeds?	The author asks this question to praise God and does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh…deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -4328,7 +4328,7 @@ PSA	116	12	e1wh			0	General Information:	The person who made this song continues
 PSA	116	12	vxb4	figs-rquestion		0	How can I repay Yahweh…to me?	The writer asks this leading question to introduce how he will respond to what Yahweh has done for him. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is how I will repay Yahweh…to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 PSA	116	13	s8vs	figs-explicit		0	I will raise the cup of salvation	This is probably a reference to a drink offering, which was a sacrifice that involved pouring wine on the altar, and which the writer will offer in response to Yahweh saving him. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I will present a drink offering to Yahweh because he saved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PSA	116	13	fa8n	figs-metonymy		0	call on the name of Yahweh	Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “call on Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA	116	15	brj4	figs-explicit		0	Precious in the sight of Yahweh is the death of his faithful ones	The word “Precious” here does not imply that Yahweh values the death of his saints, but that the death of his saints is costly to him and grieves him. Here sight represents judgment or evaluation.  Alternate translation: “Yahweh considers the death of his saints to be a costly thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PSA	116	15	brj4	figs-explicit		0	Precious in the sight of Yahweh is the death of his faithful ones	The word “Precious” here does not imply that Yahweh values the death of his saints, but that the death of his saints is costly to him and grieves him. Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh considers the death of his saints to be a costly thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PSA	116	16	gx5d			0	General Information:	The person who composed this psalm continues to speak.
 PSA	116	16	xp66	figs-explicit		0	the son of your servant woman	This is likely a reference to the writer’s mother and indicates that she faithfully worshiped Yahweh. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “as my mother was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PSA	116	16	r6jc	figs-metaphor		0	you have taken away my bonds	The writer speaks of being in danger of dying as if he had been chained in prison. Alternate translation: “you have saved me from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -5117,7 +5117,7 @@ PSA	145	18	v98h	figs-abstractnouns		0	to all who call to him in trustworthiness
 PSA	145	21	asw2	figs-synecdoche		0	My mouth will speak	Here the words “My mouth” represent the one speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PSA	145	21	t2tr			0	will speak out the praise of Yahweh	“tell everyone how good Yahweh is”
 PSA	145	21	nc4f	figs-metonymy		0	let all mankind bless his holy name	The word “name” is a metonym for Yahweh himself. See how “may his glorious name be blessed” is translated in [Psalms 72:19](../072/019.md). Alternate translation: “let all people bless him” or “let all people do what makes him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PSA	146	intro	s9dj			0		# Psalm 146 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 146 is a worship psalm. It is the third in series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting people for protection is useless because they die. But God blesses everyone who trusts in him.  He provides everything people need. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
+PSA	146	intro	s9dj			0		# Psalm 146 General Notes<br>## Type of psalm<br><br>Psalm 146 is a worship psalm. It is the third in series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting people for protection is useless because they die. But God blesses everyone who trusts in him. He provides everything people need. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
 PSA	146	1	xb8v	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PSA	146	1	jq1j	figs-metonymy		0	Praise Yahweh, my soul	Here “soul” represents the writer’s inner being. The writer is commanding his inner being to praise Yahweh. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will praise Yahweh with all my soul” or “I give praise to Yahweh with all my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PSA	146	2	isg7			0	with all my life	“until I die” or “while I live”

en_tn_20-PRO.tsv

@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ PRO	8	35	z6lm	figs-personification		0	finds me	This is still wisdom talking abou
 PRO	8	36	hfn9	figs-personification		0	hate me	This is still wisdom talking about herself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 PRO	8	36	yl6t	figs-explicit		0	he who fails	The complete thought is, “he who fails to find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PRO	8	36	w73k	figs-metonymy		0	his own life	Here “life” represents the person’s self. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PRO	9	intro	y75r			0		# Proverbs 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.”  In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
+PRO	9	intro	y75r			0		# Proverbs 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
 PRO	9	1	m12a	figs-personification		0	General Information:	These verses begin a parable in which wisdom is imagined to be a woman who is giving good advice to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 PRO	9	1	s64d	figs-personification		0	Wisdom has built	The writer speaks about wisdom as if it were a woman who has built her own house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 PRO	9	2	x5sw	figs-metonymy		0	She has slaughtered her animals	This refers to animals whose meat will be eaten in the dinner that Wisdom will give. Alternate translation: “She has killed the animals for meat at dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ PRO	9	16	lfx9			0	those who have no sense	“those who do not have wisdom” or
 PRO	9	17	jsi6	figs-metaphor		0	Stolen waters are sweet, and bread of secrecy is delicious	The foolish woman speaks of the pleasure of stolen waters and bread of secrecy to tell men that if they sleep with her, they will have pleasure. This can be stated clearly in a simile: “You can enjoy me just as you enjoy water that you have stolen or bread that is secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PRO	9	18	kg4h			0	that the dead are there	“that the men who have gone to her are now dead”
 PRO	9	18	k1fh			0	in the depths of Sheol	“Sheol” refers to the world of the dead.
-PRO	10	intro	fhy5			0		# Proverbs 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short,  individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO	10	intro	fhy5			0		# Proverbs 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
 PRO	10	1	i2yb	figs-parallelism		0	General Information:	Many verses in Chapter 10 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PRO	10	1	tab7			0	The proverbs of Solomon	After the introduction of Chapters 1-9, Chapter 10 begins the collection of the proverbs; short sayings that teach wisdom.
 PRO	10	2	ffz8			0	accumulated	acquired over time
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ PRO	10	31	f7hy	figs-metonymy		0	Out of the mouth of the righteous person	“Mout
 PRO	10	31	amx2	figs-metonymy		0	the perverse tongue will be cut out	“Tongue” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “God will shut the mouths of people who say what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PRO	10	32	y79y	figs-metonymy		0	lips of the righteous person know what is acceptable	“Lips” represent what a person says. Alternate translation: “righteous person knows how to speak acceptably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PRO	10	32	ay8q	figs-metonymy		0	mouth of the wicked	“Mouth” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words of the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PRO	11	intro	uk6v			0		# Proverbs 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and  [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO	11	intro	uk6v			0		# Proverbs 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
 PRO	11	1	hzq7	figs-parallelism		0	General Information:	Many verses in Chapter 11 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PRO	11	1	g3jt	figs-metaphor		0	Yahweh hates scales that are not accurate	“Scales” represent measuring accurately in negotiating. Alternate translation: “God hates deceiving scales” or “God hates it when people are deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PRO	11	1	pe2q			0	but he delights in a precise weight	“Precise weight” represents accuracy in negotiating. Alternate translation: “but he delights in honest ways” or “but he is happy when people are honest”
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ PRO	11	29	p1pb	figs-metaphor		0	inherit the wind	The “wind” is a metaphor fo
 PRO	11	30	q7ul	figs-simile		0	The righteous person will be like a tree of life	A person who does what is right is compared to a tree that produces life as its fruit. Alternate translation: “Those who do right will bring life to themselves and others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 PRO	11	30	hlz7			0	tree of life	See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:18](../03/18.md).
 PRO	11	31	s8p9			0	how much more	“even more so”
-PRO	12	intro	x2lg			0		# Proverbs 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and  integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO	12	intro	x2lg			0		# Proverbs 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
 PRO	12	1	ktr2	figs-parallelism		0	General Information:	The author uses [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] throughout this chapter. Verses 1-15 contrast wisdom and foolishness.
 PRO	12	1	r7h6			0	Whoever	“Any person who”
 PRO	12	1	tz7m			0	the one who hates correction	“the person who does not want to be told what to do”
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ PRO	23	34	q7lv	figs-idiom		0	lies on the top of a mast	The place on the mast whe
 PRO	23	34	lxy2			0	mast	the long wooden pole to which are attached the sails of a sailing ship
 PRO	23	35	c4na			0	They hit me,…but I was not hurt. They beat me, but I did not feel it.	Because the drunk person is not thinking clearly, he is imagining that people are hitting and beating him, yet he feels no pain and cannot remember anything.
 PRO	23	35	d6ej			0	When will I wake up?	The drunk person is wondering when he will be sober again; when the effect of the wine will stop.
-PRO	24	intro	nl8m			0		# Proverbs 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short,  individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
+PRO	24	intro	nl8m			0		# Proverbs 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
 PRO	24	1	d1dq			0	General Information:	These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
 PRO	24	2	dw7g	figs-synecdoche		0	their hearts	The words “their hearts” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 PRO	24	2	m8px	figs-synecdoche		0	their lips	The words “their lips” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

en_tn_22-SNG.tsv

@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ SNG	1	16	xed8			0	The lush plants	plants that are green, moist, and grow abundan
 SNG	1	17	v14z	figs-metaphor		0	The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs	The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 SNG	1	17	q6r8			0	beams…rafters	Possible meanings are (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials.
 SNG	1	17	c3e5	translate-unknown		0	cedars…firs	Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-SNG	2	intro	u8uv			0		# Song of Songs 02 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+SNG	2	intro	u8uv			0		# Song of Songs 02 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 SNG	2	1	bw25	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
 SNG	2	1	cne2	figs-metaphor		0	I am a meadow flower of Sharon	The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 SNG	2	1	ni5p			0	Sharon	the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ SNG	5	12	pn5r			0	General Information:	The young woman continues to describe the
 SNG	5	12	m6e7	figs-metonymy		0	His eyes are like doves	Translate “eyes are like doves” as in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Possible meanings are (1) the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the woman considers the man’s eyes beautiful because the way the man looks at her makes her think he is gentle. Alternate translation: “His eyes are gentle like doves” or (2) the woman is speaking of the man’s white eyeballs or the shape of his eyes, the shape of a dove. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 SNG	5	12	knr8	figs-metaphor		0	doves beside streams of water	Birds that the Israelites considered gentle sitting beside a gently flowing stream are a metaphor for a gentle person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 SNG	5	12	xp2d			0	streams of water	“gently flowing water”
-SNG	5	12	tr46	figs-metaphor		0	bathed in milk	Milk is a metaphor for the whiteness of the doves. Alternate translation: (1) “doves that are white like milk” or (2) milk is a metaphor for the white part of the man’s eyes. Alternate translation: “his pupils are like doves bathing in white milk”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+SNG	5	12	tr46	figs-metaphor		0	bathed in milk	Milk is a metaphor for the whiteness of the doves. Alternate translation: (1) “doves that are white like milk” or (2) milk is a metaphor for the white part of the man’s eyes. Alternate translation: “his pupils are like doves bathing in white milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 SNG	5	12	qe85	figs-simile		0	mounted like jewels	His eyes are beautiful. Jewels that a craftsman has carefully put in place are beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 SNG	5	13	p7dj			0	General Information:	The young woman continues to describe the man.
 SNG	5	13	ip4j	figs-simile		0	His cheeks…aromatic scents	This explains that his cheeks are like beds of spices because they both give off wonderful smells. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ SNG	5	16	r6zc	figs-apostrophe		0	daughters of Jerusalem	“young women of Jerusa
 SNG	6	intro	fa9a			0		# Song of Songs 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 SNG	6	1	z4sf	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here.
 SNG	6	1	xnv3			0	In what direction has your beloved gone	“Which way did your beloved go”
-SNG	6	1	wr5y			0	your beloved	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover”  or “the man you love”
+SNG	6	1	wr5y			0	your beloved	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love”
 SNG	6	1	emy4			0	most beautiful among women	“you who are the most beautiful of all women.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:8](../01/08.md).
 SNG	6	1	ise2	figs-explicit		0	gone, so that we may seek him with you?	The words “tell us” are understood from the context. They can be stated clearly Alternate translation: “gone? Tell us, so that we can look for him with you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 SNG	6	2	vrq9	figs-metaphor		0	My beloved has gone down to his garden	The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. See the explanation of this metaphor in [Song of Songs 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

en_tn_23-ISA.tsv

@@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@ ISA	26	19	gb4p	figs-metaphor		0	the earth will bring forth its dead	“the earth
 ISA	26	20	z699			0	my people	Here “my” refers to Isaiah. Also “people” refers to the people of Israel.
 ISA	26	20	k2ad	figs-abstractnouns		0	until the indignation has passed by	Translate the abstract noun “indignation” as the adjective “angry.” Alternate translation: “until Yahweh is no longer angry with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ISA	26	21	rcq2	figs-personification		0	the earth will uncover her bloodshed, and will no longer conceal her slain	Yahweh revealing all murders that have happened on the earth so that he can punish the murderers is spoken of as if the earth itself will reveal everyone who has been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ISA	27	intro	p2zg			0		# Isaiah 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Leviathan<br>This was an ancient type of dragon or serpent. It is possible that this is a reference to Satan, who is also described as a serpent and a dragon.  (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “That day”<br>This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
+ISA	27	intro	p2zg			0		# Isaiah 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Leviathan<br>This was an ancient type of dragon or serpent. It is possible that this is a reference to Satan, who is also described as a serpent and a dragon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “That day”<br>This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
 ISA	27	1	u82j			0	On that day	“At that time”
 ISA	27	1	zm2d	figs-metaphor		0	Yahweh with his hard, great and fierce sword will punish	Yahweh having the power to destroy his enemies is spoken of as if he had strong, large sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ISA	27	1	tj3b			0	the monster that is in the sea	This refers to Leviathan.

en_tn_24-JER.tsv

@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ JER	13	23	m8ie	figs-irony		0	If so, then you yourself, although accustomed to wi
 JER	13	24	rw5p	figs-simile		0	I will scatter them like chaff that perishes in the desert wind	“I will scatter them like chaff that is blown away by the wind.” Yahweh is saying He will scatter His people throughout the world just as chaff is scattered by the wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JER	13	26	pid5	figs-metaphor		0	I myself will strip your skirts off you, and your private parts will be seen.	This means that Yahweh will make them feel ashamed. It does not in any way mean that he will rape them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is as though I myself will strip your skirts off of you so that everyone will see your private parts and you will be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JER	13	27	r896	figs-metaphor		0	neighing	This is the sound of a male horse desiring a female horse. Alternate translation: “lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JER	14	intro	pqn1			0		# Jeremiah 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:1-10, 17-22.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False prophets<br><br>The false prophets promised there would not be any war or drought. They gave people a false sense of hope, when they needed to repent. Because of this, Yahweh sent a drought and said that the false prophets would die of drought and war. This showed that these were not true prophets of Yahweh.  (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
+JER	14	intro	pqn1			0		# Jeremiah 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:1-10, 17-22.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False prophets<br><br>The false prophets promised there would not be any war or drought. They gave people a false sense of hope, when they needed to repent. Because of this, Yahweh sent a drought and said that the false prophets would die of drought and war. This showed that these were not true prophets of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
 JER	14	1	dvb6			0	General Information:	Yahweh, through the prophet Jeremiah, has just talked about the adultery of the people.
 JER	14	1	c8lt	figs-idiom		0	This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah	This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JER	14	2	cn9g	figs-metonymy		0	Let Judah mourn	Here “Judah” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “Let the people of Judah mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ JER	20	4	xmk6	figs-synecdoche		0	your eyes will see it	Here the word “eyes”
 JER	20	4	n4ua	figs-metonymy		0	I will give all of Judah into the hand of the king of Babylon	Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “I will enable the king of Babylon to conquer all of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JER	20	5	hbk2			0	I will give him	Here the word “him” refers to the king of Babylon.
 JER	20	5	kd4g	figs-parallelism		0	all the wealth…all of its riches, all of its precious items and all the treasures	Yahweh repeats the same basic idea four times for emphasis. Babylon will take away all the wealth of Israel, including the king’s possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-JER	20	5	j1gs	figs-metonymy		0	I will place these things in the hand of your enemies	Placing things in people’s hands represents  giving thing to the people or allowing the people to take the things. Alternate translation: “I will give these things to your enemies” or “I will allow your enemies to take possession of these things”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JER	20	5	j1gs	figs-metonymy		0	I will place these things in the hand of your enemies	Placing things in people’s hands represents giving thing to the people or allowing the people to take the things. Alternate translation: “I will give these things to your enemies” or “I will allow your enemies to take possession of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JER	20	6	i5vn	figs-activepassive		0	You and all of your loved ones to whom you prophesied deceitful things will be buried there	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “There, people will bury you and all of your loved ones to whom you prophesied deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JER	20	7	sx22			0	General Information:	Jeremiah speaks to Yahweh.
 JER	20	7	xwv7			0	Yahweh, you deceived me, and I was deceived	Some modern versions interpret these Hebrew expressions as “Yahweh, you persuaded me, and I was indeed persuaded.”
@@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@ JER	45	5	jtj1	figs-rquestion		0	But are you hoping for great things for yourself
 JER	45	5	m1dh			0	For see	“For understand” or “Be aware”
 JER	45	5	n1jc	figs-metaphor		0	your life as your plunder everywhere you will go	Allowing Baruch to escape and remain alive is spoken of as if his life were plunder that he would take after a battle. Alternate translation: “but wherever you go, I will protect you and allow you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JER	45	5	a5tu			0	plunder	things stolen from a place by force
-JER	46	intro	ul65			0		# Jeremiah 46 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.<br><br>This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Justice<br>Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Battle preparations<br>Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their  punishment has already been determined by Yahweh.
+JER	46	intro	ul65			0		# Jeremiah 46 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.<br><br>This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Justice<br>Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Battle preparations<br>Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh.
 JER	46	1	sfw3	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JER	46	1	e496	figs-idiom		0	This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah	This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JER	46	2	q4ql			0	For Egypt	This phrase indicates this message is intended for the nation of Egypt.

en_tn_25-LAM.tsv

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-LAM	front	intro	zxy7			0		# Introduction to Lamentations<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br>- The people grieve (3:1–20)<br>- Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br>- Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br>- Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br>- The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br>- Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br>- Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C.  In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LAM	front	intro	zxy7			0		# Introduction to Lamentations<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br>- The people grieve (3:1–20)<br>- Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br>- Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br>- Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br>- The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br>- Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br>- Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LAM	1	intro	cpx3			0		# Lamentations 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
 LAM	1	1	mx9e	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	Various poetic forms are used throughout this book. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LAM	1	1	i4kk	figs-metaphor		0	is now sitting all alone	This speaks of the city of Jerusalem being empty, as if it were a woman who was sitting alone. Alternate translation: “is now empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ LAM	1	17	jc3i			0	those around Jacob	“the people around Jacob” or “the nat
 LAM	1	17	f1em	figs-metonymy		0	around Jacob should be his adversaries	Here “Jacob” refers to his descendants, that is Israel. Alternate translation: “around Jacob’s descendants should be their adversaries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LAM	1	17	t8w2	figs-metaphor		0	unclean	A person who God considers spiritually unacceptable or defiled is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LAM	1	18	cz8z	figs-personification		0	General Information:	In this section Jerusalem is portrayed as a woman speaking about herself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-LAM	1	18	l7wg			0	Yahweh is righteous	This implies that what Yahweh has done,  he has done because he is righteous. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has acted out of his righteousness” or “What Yahweh has done is right”
+LAM	1	18	l7wg			0	Yahweh is righteous	This implies that what Yahweh has done, he has done because he is righteous. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has acted out of his righteousness” or “What Yahweh has done is right”
 LAM	1	18	f15f	figs-abstractnouns		0	see my sorrow	The word “sorrow” can be expressed as a “sad.” Alternate translation: “see how extremely sad I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LAM	1	18	lnt9	figs-synecdoche		0	My virgins and my vigorous men have gone into captivity	Here all of the people of Jerusalem who were taken into captivity are represented by the “virgins” and the “vigorous men” who were taken. Alternate translation: “Many of my people, including my virgins and vigorous men, have gone into captivity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LAM	1	18	ay2g			0	vigorous men	This refers to men at the strongest time of their lives. See how you translated this in [Lamentations 1:15](../01/15.md).
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ LAM	2	6	tg96	figs-metonymy		0	He has destroyed the place of the solemn assembly
 LAM	2	6	zkt2	figs-activepassive		0	caused both solemn assembly and Sabbath to be forgotten in Zion	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “caused the people in Zion to forget both solemn assembly and Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LAM	2	6	y8if			0	in the indignation of his anger	“because he was extremely angry with them”
 LAM	2	7	ub33	figs-metonymy		0	He has given over the walls of her palaces into the hand of the enemy	Here the enemy’s “hand” refers to the enemy’s control. Alternate translation: “He has allowed the enemy to capture the walls of her palaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LAM	2	7	vn7k	figs-synecdoche		0	the walls of her palaces	Here the word “her” may refer either to the temple or to Jersualem. Possible translations are (1) “the walls of the temple” or (2) “the walls of Jerusalem’s palaces.” The word “walls” is a synecdoche for the whole building, and the building is a synecdoche for all of Jerusalem.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+LAM	2	7	vn7k	figs-synecdoche		0	the walls of her palaces	Here the word “her” may refer either to the temple or to Jersualem. Possible translations are (1) “the walls of the temple” or (2) “the walls of Jerusalem’s palaces.” The word “walls” is a synecdoche for the whole building, and the building is a synecdoche for all of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LAM	2	7	jx6y	figs-irony		0	They have raised a shout in the house of Yahweh, as on the day of an appointed feast	This is an ironic comparison between the happy, noisy festivals of Israel and the loud shouts of victory of the Babylonians. Alternate translation: “They have raised a shout in the house of Yahweh, as the Israelites would during an appointed feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 LAM	2	7	t8c8	figs-idiom		0	have raised a shout	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “have shouted victoriously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LAM	2	8	de6p	figs-metonymy		0	Yahweh decided to destroy the city wall	Yahweh chose to have the wall destroyed and caused Jerusalem’s enemy to destroy it. He did not destroy it himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

en_tn_26-EZK.tsv

@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ EZK	22	4	t4k2	figs-hyperbole		0	to all the lands	This generalization refers to t
 EZK	22	6	i3ws			0	General Information:	Yahweh speaking about the ruler of Israel in Jerusalem.
 EZK	22	6	jp3g			0	Behold	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
 EZK	22	6	d3y2			0	each one by his own power, have come	“have each used their authority to come to you.”
-EZK	22	6	mi2p	figs-apostrophe		0	come to you	Yahweh speaks to the  city of Jerusalem itself as if it were a woman who could hear him speak. Alternate translation: “come to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
+EZK	22	6	mi2p	figs-apostrophe		0	come to you	Yahweh speaks to the city of Jerusalem itself as if it were a woman who could hear him speak. Alternate translation: “come to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 EZK	22	6	gx6j	figs-metaphor		0	to pour out blood	This speaks of murdering people as pouring out blood. Alternate translation: “to murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZK	22	7	q7wc			0	They have dishonored fathers	“The rules of Israel have dishonored their fathers”
 EZK	22	7	b8l5			0	within you…in your midst…within you	Yahweh speaks to the city of Jerusalem itself as if it were a woman who could hear him speak. Alternate translation: “within Jerusalem…in the midst of Jerusalem…within Jerusalem.” The words “you” and “your” refer to Jerusalem.
@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ EZK	28	10	aag6	figs-123person		0	this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh
 EZK	28	11	t3he	figs-idiom		0	The word of Yahweh came again to me, saying,	The idiom “The word of Yahweh came again to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated similar words in [Ezekiel 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to me a second time. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this second message to me:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZK	28	12	ak3z			0	Son of man	“Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
 EZK	28	12	i9b8			0	lift up	“sing”
-EZK	28	12	mf2x	figs-abstractnouns		0	You were the model of perfection	The abstract nouns “model” an  d “perfection” can be translated using the words “completely” and “perfect.” Alternate translation: “You were completely perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+EZK	28	12	mf2x	figs-abstractnouns		0	You were the model of perfection	The abstract nouns “model” an d “perfection” can be translated using the words “completely” and “perfect.” Alternate translation: “You were completely perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EZK	28	12	c7vx	figs-abstractnouns		0	full of wisdom and perfect in beauty	The abstract nouns “wisdom” and “beauty” can be translated using the adjectives “wise” and “beautiful.” Alternate translation: “fully wise and perfectly beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EZK	28	13	hbr5			0	Every precious stone covered you	“You wore every kind of precious stone”
 EZK	28	13	u7pz	translate-unknown		0	ruby, topaz, emerald, chrysolite, onyx, jasper, sapphire, turquoise, and beryl	These are all precious stones of different colors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -3297,7 +3297,7 @@ EZK	46	20	u2ic			0	outer courtyard	See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5]
 EZK	46	21	e6xs			0	outer courtyard	See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md).
 EZK	46	22	pwg8	translate-bdistance		0	forty cubits…thirty	Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “40 cubits…30 cubits” or “about 21.6 meters…about 16.2 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 EZK	46	23	kg1g			0	cooking hearths	places where people can build fire and cook food
-EZK	47	intro	m1ty			0		# Ezekiel 47 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There was a river flowing from the temple. The land was to be divided among the tribes. The landscape of Jerusalem will have changed in a  significant way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
+EZK	47	intro	m1ty			0		# Ezekiel 47 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There was a river flowing from the temple. The land was to be divided among the tribes. The landscape of Jerusalem will have changed in a significant way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
 EZK	47	1	ej9g			0	to the right of the altar	This is the right side of the altar when a person looks at it while they are facing east, so it is on the south side of the altar. Alternate translation: “on the south side of the altar”
 EZK	47	2	e7pw			0	the gate facing east	“the eastern gate” or “the eastern gate of the outer wall”
 EZK	47	3	zm72			0	measuring line	a string or a rope that people use to measure longer distances

en_tn_27-DAN.tsv

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ DAN	1	19	u1am	figs-litotes		0	among the whole group there were none to compare w
 DAN	1	19	e2m3			0	Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah	These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
 DAN	1	20	f5x8	figs-hyperbole		0	ten times better	Here “ten times” is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 DAN	1	21	jhp9			0	the first year of King Cyrus	“the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
-DAN	2	intro	epd5			0		# Daniel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told  the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
+DAN	2	intro	epd5			0		# Daniel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
 DAN	2	1	mns5	translate-ordinal		0	In the second year	“In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 DAN	2	1	xtc6			0	he had dreams	“Nebuchadnezzar had dreams”
 DAN	2	1	xw34	figs-metonymy		0	His mind was troubled	Here “mind” refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

en_tn_30-AMO.tsv

@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ AMO	2	15	q2w6	figs-explicit		0	the fast runner will not escape	The implied infor
 AMO	2	16	c22v	figs-metonymy		0	flee naked	Possible meanings are (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	2	16	i9l6			0	in that day	“at that time”
 AMO	2	16	szp1	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-AMO	3	intro	gtz5			0		# Amos 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.”  The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
+AMO	3	intro	gtz5			0		# Amos 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
 AMO	3	1	em48			0	Hear this word	“Hear this message” or “Listen to this message”
 AMO	3	1	k2d9			0	that Yahweh has spoken against you…against the whole family	“this word that Yahweh has spoken about you…about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you…about the whole family”
 AMO	3	1	kc3z			0	you, people of Israel…the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt	These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt.
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ AMO	3	15	law2			0	The houses of ivory	“the houses that are decorated with ivor
 AMO	3	15	i8hw			0	ivory	the teeth and horns of large animals
 AMO	3	15	vic1	figs-metaphor		0	the large houses will vanish	“the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 AMO	3	15	n6kq	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-AMO	4	intro	wy7z			0		# Amos 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form  and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
+AMO	4	intro	wy7z			0		# Amos 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
 AMO	4	1	jn6e	figs-metaphor		0	you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria	Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 AMO	4	1	w7hi	figs-nominaladj		0	you who oppress the poor	The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 AMO	4	1	mg4u	figs-metaphor		0	you who crush the needy	Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])

en_tn_32-JON.tsv

@@ -1,25 +1,25 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 JON	front	intro	hk4p			0		# Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh (1:1-2:10)<br>    - Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh (1:1–3)<br>    - Jonah and the Gentile sailors (1:4–16)<br>    - Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued (1:17–2:10)<br>1. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br>    - Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message (3:1–4)<br>    - Nineveh repents (3:5-9)<br>    - Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh (3:10)<br>    - Jonah is very angry with Yahweh (4:1–3)<br>    - Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled ***The Book of Jonah*** or just ***Jonah***. Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as ***The Book about Jonah***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C. during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
 JON	1	intro	xvp2			0		# Jonah 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of **a great fish**. It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole and who then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he is running away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to a certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from going into a ship and sailing to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted by the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JON	1	1	jdr1	writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה	1	Now the word of Yahweh came	This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah.  The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JON	1	1	jdr1	writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה	1	Now the word of Yahweh came	This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JON	1	1	ll6c	figs-idiom	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה	1	Now the word of Yahweh came	This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	1	1	qa3z		דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה	1	the word of Yahweh	***the message of Yahweh***
 JON	1	1	s6av		יְהוָ֔ה	1	Yahweh	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament.
 JON	1	1	jv8c	translate-names	אֲמִתַּ֖י	1	Amittai	This is the name of Jonah’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JON	1	2	x5ua		ק֠וּם לֵ֧ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֛ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖ה	1	Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city	***Go to the large and important city of Nineveh***
-JON	1	2	v2xt	figs-idiom	ק֠וּם 	1	Get up	This is an idiom that means that Jonah should take action and go. It does not mean that he was sitting or lying down at the time that God spoke to him. Many languages would use only one verb, such as “go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JON	1	2	v2xt	figs-idiom	ק֠וּם	1	Get up	This is an idiom that means that Jonah should take action and go. It does not mean that he was sitting or lying down at the time that God spoke to him. Many languages would use only one verb, such as “go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	1	2	jqz9	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠קְרָ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	call out against it	The word **it** here, meaning the city of Nineveh, is a metonym referring to the people living in and around the city. Alternate translation: “warn the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JON	1	2	rki2		עָלְתָ֥ה רָעָתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י	1	their wickedness has risen up before my face	***I know they have been continually sinning*** or ***I know that their sin has been getting worse and worse***
-JON	1	2	jd9r	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠	1	before my face	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment.  Yahweh is saying that he can has noticed how wicked the people of Nineveh have become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JON	1	2	jd9r	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠	1	before my face	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Yahweh is saying that he can has noticed how wicked the people of Nineveh have become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JON	1	3	f5sr	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם יוֹנָה֙ לִ⁠בְרֹ֣חַ	1	But Jonah got up to run away	Here the words **got up** mean that Jonah took action in response to God’s command, but his action was to disobey instead of to obey. See how you translated this idiom in 1:2. Alternate translation: “But Jonah ran away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JON	1	3	n96t	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָ֑ה	-1	from before the face of Yahweh	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment.  By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh” or “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JON	1	3	n96t	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָ֑ה	-1	from before the face of Yahweh	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh” or “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JON	1	3	g66v	figs-explicit	לִ⁠בְרֹ֣חַ תַּרְשִׁ֔ישָׁ⁠ה	1	to run away to Tarshish	***to flee to Tarshish***. This city named Tarshish was in the opposite direction to Nineveh. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and went in the opposite direction, toward Tarshish, away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JON	1	3	djv1		וַ⁠יֵּ֨רֶד יָפ֜וֹ	1	And he went down to Joppa	***Jonah went to Joppa***
 JON	1	3	w3uc		אָנִיָּ֣ה	1	ship	A **ship** is a very large type of boat that can travel on the sea and carry many passengers or heavy cargo.
 JON	1	3	pz67		וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן שְׂכָרָ֜⁠הּ	1	So he paid the fare	***There Jonah paid for the trip***
 JON	1	3	g5xp		וַ⁠יֵּ֤רֶד בָּ⁠הּ֙	1	and went down into it	***got on the ship***
 JON	1	3	i6bi		עִמָּ⁠הֶם֙	1	with them	The word **them** refers to the others who were going on the ship.
-JON	1	3	sw66	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָֽה	1	from before the face of Yahweh	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment.  By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh” or “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JON	1	3	sw66	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָֽה	1	from before the face of Yahweh	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh” or “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JON	1	4	jdr2	writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הֵטִ֤יל רֽוּחַ־גְּדוֹלָה֙ אֶל־הַ⁠יָּ֔ם	1	But Yahweh sent out a great wind on the sea	This clause introduces the new event of Yahweh’s response to Jonah running away. Translate this so that your readers know that this event brings a change in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JON	1	4	jdrA	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אֳנִיָּ֔ה חִשְּׁבָ֖ה לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	so that the ship was thinking to be broken apart	Here the term **thinking** describes the ship as if it were a person. This means that the storm was so severe that the ship was close to breaking apart. Alternate translation: ***so that the ship was almost breaking apart*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JON	1	4	jl77	figs-activepassive	לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	to be broken	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -32,20 +32,20 @@ JON	1	5	f63r		יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַ⁠סְּפִינָ֔ה	1	the innermost
 JON	1	5	g4y4		וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב וַ⁠יֵּרָדַֽם	1	and had lain down, and was deeply asleep	***and was lying there fast asleep*** or ***and was lying there and sleeping deeply***. For this reason, the storm did not wake him up.
 JON	1	6	laa3		וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ב אֵלָי⁠ו֙ רַ֣ב הַ⁠חֹבֵ֔ל וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ	1	So the captain of the crew came to him and said to him	***The man in charge of the men working on the ship went to Jonah and said***
 JON	1	6	yx7e	figs-rquestion	מַה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ נִרְדָּ֑ם	1	What are you doing sleeping?	***Why are you sleeping?*** Here the captain uses a rhetorical question to scold Jonah. Alternate translation: “Stop sleeping!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JON	1	6	bd4f	figs-idiom	ק֚וּם	1	Get up!	This is a command to begin some activity that is named following this word. See how you translated this idiom in 1:2 and 1:3. In this verse, the Captain is telling Jonah to pray to his god. Because Jonah was lying down, the captain may  also be telling Jonah literally to stand up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JON	1	6	bd4f	figs-idiom	ק֚וּם	1	Get up!	This is a command to begin some activity that is named following this word. See how you translated this idiom in 1:2 and 1:3. In this verse, the Captain is telling Jonah to pray to his god. Because Jonah was lying down, the captain may also be telling Jonah literally to stand up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	1	6	k7a5	figs-idiom	קְרָ֣א אֶל־אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Cry out to your god!	***Pray to your god!*** To **Cry out to** someone means to ask him loudly for help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	1	6	sk7i	figs-explicit	אוּלַ֞י יִתְעַשֵּׁ֧ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד	1	Maybe that god will notice us and we will not perish	The implicit information that Jonah’s god might save them could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Maybe your god will hear and save us so that we will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JON	1	6	ab88	figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד	1	and we will not perish	This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “and he will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JON	1	7	sc57		וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	Then every man said to his friend	The phrase **each man…to his friend** is an idiom expressing reciprocal action. This means that all the men in the group were saying this to each other. Alternate translation: “The sailors all said to each other”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JON	1	7	sc57		וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	Then every man said to his friend	The phrase **each man…to his friend** is an idiom expressing reciprocal action. This means that all the men in the group were saying this to each other. Alternate translation: “The sailors all said to each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	1	7	l5xq		לְכוּ֙ וְ⁠נַפִּ֣ילָה גֽוֹרָל֔וֹת וְ⁠נֵ֣דְעָ֔ה בְּ⁠שֶׁ⁠לְּ⁠מִ֛י הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ֑⁠נוּ	1	Come, and let us cast lots, so that we may know on whose account this evil is happening to us	***We should cast lots to know who has caused this trouble***. The men believed that the gods would control how the lots fell in order to tell them what they wanted to know. This was a form of divination.
 JON	1	7	d726		הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את	1	this evil	This refers to the terrible storm.
-JON	1	7	at67		וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל עַל־יוֹנָֽה	1	the lot fell on Jonah	The expression “the lot fell on Jonah” is an idiom meaning that, when the men cast lots, the result indicated Jonah.  This does not mean that the lot literally fell down on top of Jonah. Alternate translation: “the lot showed that Jonah was the guilty person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JON	1	7	at67		וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל עַל־יוֹנָֽה	1	the lot fell on Jonah	The expression “the lot fell on Jonah” is an idiom meaning that, when the men cast lots, the result indicated Jonah. This does not mean that the lot literally fell down on top of Jonah. Alternate translation: “the lot showed that Jonah was the guilty person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	1	8	wkh6		וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	Then they said to him	***Then the men who were working on the ship said to Jonah***
 JON	1	8	e7wb		הַגִּידָ⁠ה־נָּ֣א לָ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר לְ⁠מִי־הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ֑⁠נוּ	1	Please tell us on whose account this evil is happening to us	***Who caused this bad thing that is happening to us?***
 JON	1	9	wav5		יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ אֲנִ֣י יָרֵ֔א	1	I fear Yahweh, the God of heaven	Here the word **fear** means that Jonah worshiped Yahweh and not any other god.
 JON	1	10	ab79		וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ יִרְאָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה	1	Then the men were afraid with great fear	***Then the men were very afraid***
 JON	1	10	peg3	figs-rquestion	מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑יתָ	1	What is this that you have done?	The men on the ship use a rhetorical question to show how afraid and angry they were at Jonah for causing so much trouble for all of them. Alternate translation: “You have done a terrible thing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JON	1	10	us1r	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙	1	from before the face of Yahweh	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment.  By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh” or “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JON	1	10	us1r	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙	1	from before the face of Yahweh	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh” or “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JON	1	10	jdrB	grammar-connect-time-background	כִּ֥י הִגִּ֖יד לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	because he had told them	Before the sailors cast lots, Jonah had already told them that he was running away from Yahweh, the God he worshipped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 JON	1	10	hw1p	figs-explicit	כִּ֥י הִגִּ֖יד לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	because he had told them	What he told them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he had said to them, ‘I am trying to get away from Yahweh.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JON	1	11	kb4c		וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙	1	Then they said to him	***Then the men on the ship said to Jonah*** or ***Then the sailors said to Jonah***
@@ -57,16 +57,16 @@ JON	1	13	lcd3	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּחְתְּר֣וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשׁ
 JON	1	13	m3iq		הַ⁠יָּ֔ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵ֖ר	1	the sea was going forward and storming	***the storm became worse, and the waves became bigger*** See how you translated this idiom in verse 11.
 JON	1	14	ap77		וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ	1	So they cried out	***Because of that they called out*** or ***Because the sea became more violent they called loudly***
 JON	1	14	q2xq		וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ אֶל־יְהוָ֜ה	1	So they cried out to Yahweh	***Therefore the men prayed loudly to Yahweh***
-JON	1	14	jdr3	figs-exclamations	אָנָּ֤ה 	1	Ah!	In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense desperation. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
+JON	1	14	jdr3	figs-exclamations	אָנָּ֤ה	1	Ah!	In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense desperation. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 JON	1	14	wz6z		אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ אַל־נָ֣א נֹאבְדָ֗ה בְּ⁠נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	O Yahweh, please do not let us perish on account of the life of this man	***O Yahweh, please do not kill us because we caused this man to die*** or ***O Yahweh, even though we are going to cause this man to die, please do not kill us***
-JON	1	14	vv5t	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אַל־תִּתֵּ֥ן עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֑יא	1	and do not put innocent blood upon us	This is an idiom that means “do not consider us guilty of killing an innocent person.” Alternate translation: “and please do not blame us for his death” or “and do not hold us accountable for having killed someone who did not deserve to die”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JON	1	14	vv5t	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אַל־תִּתֵּ֥ן עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֑יא	1	and do not put innocent blood upon us	This is an idiom that means “do not consider us guilty of killing an innocent person.” Alternate translation: “and please do not blame us for his death” or “and do not hold us accountable for having killed someone who did not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	1	14	ab73		אַתָּ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָפַ֖צְתָּ עָשִֽׂיתָ	1	you, Yahweh, have done just as you desired	***you, Yahweh, have chosen to do things in this way*** or ***you, Yahweh, have caused all this to happen***
 JON	1	15	l9cf		וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֥ד הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מִ⁠זַּעְפּֽ⁠וֹ	1	the sea ceased from its raging	***the sea stopped moving violently***
 JON	1	15	ab89		וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֥ד הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מִ⁠זַּעְפּֽ⁠וֹ	1	the sea ceased from its raging	This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “the sea became calm”
 JON	1	16	r3gs		וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֧וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִרְאָ֥ה גְדוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־יְהוָ֑ה	1	Then the men feared Yahweh with great fear	***Then the men became greatly awed at Yahweh’s power*** or ***Then the men worshiped Yahweh with great awe***
 JON	1	17	q87y			0	General Information:	Some versions number this verse as the first verse of chapter 2. You may want to number the verses according to the main version that your language group uses.
 JON	1	17	jdr4	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה	1	Now Yahweh appointed a great fish to swallow Jonah,	This clause introduces the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays. In this context, the word “Now” is used in English to introduce a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JON	1	17	cjb6	figs-idiom	שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת	1	three days and three nights	Perhaps this expression is an idiom in Hebrew meaning “a couple of days” or “a few days” or something similar, but this is uncertain.  Alternate translation: “three days and nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JON	1	17	cjb6	figs-idiom	שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת	1	three days and three nights	Perhaps this expression is an idiom in Hebrew meaning “a couple of days” or “a few days” or something similar, but this is uncertain. Alternate translation: “three days and nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	2	intro	ae4k			0		# Jonah 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sea<br><br>This chapter contains many terms from the sea.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about at the **base of the mountains** and in the **belly of Sheol**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain if he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid making a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
 JON	2	1	alr2		יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑י⁠ו	1	Yahweh his God	This means ***Yahweh, the God he worshiped***. The word **his** does not mean that Jonah owned God.
 JON	2	2	al5b		וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	And he said	***Jonah said***
@@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ JON	2	2	s7fi		קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְ
 JON	2	2	wdr4		וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי	1	he answered me	***Yahweh responded to me*** or ***he helped me*** or ***you answered me***
 JON	2	2	w8wn	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בֶּ֧טֶן שְׁא֛וֹל	1	from the belly of Sheol	***from the center of Sheol*** or ***from the deep part of Sheol***. Possible meanings include: (1) Jonah was speaking of being in the belly of the fish as being in Sheol; or (2) Jonah believed that he was about to die and go to Sheol; or (3) He was speaking as if he already had died and gone to Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JON	2	2	ab77	translate-names	שְׁא֛וֹל	1	Sheol	***Sheol*** was the name of the place where people went after they died. It was thought to be a shadowy world located somewhere under the ground. The New Testament equivalent seems to be “Hades,” where the dead wait for judgment (see Rev. 20:13). If your language has a word for this place, you may want to use it here, or borrow the word “Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JON	2	2	jdrD	figs-idiom	שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ קוֹלִֽ⁠י	1	you heard my voice	This phrase probably has both a literal and a figurative meaning. The phrase probably means literally that Yahweh heard Jonah’s voice while he was praying inside the belly of the fish. However, the phrase “to hear someone’s voice” in the Old Testament often means “to listen and obey (comply).”  In this context, Jonah is expressing that Yahweh both heard him and acted to save him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JON	2	3	glp2		בִּ⁠לְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים	1	into the heart of the seas	Here the term **heart** is a metaphor for “being inside” something. The phrase “in the heart of” means to be “in the middle of” or “completely surrounded by” sea water.   Alternate translation: “in the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JON	2	2	jdrD	figs-idiom	שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ קוֹלִֽ⁠י	1	you heard my voice	This phrase probably has both a literal and a figurative meaning. The phrase probably means literally that Yahweh heard Jonah’s voice while he was praying inside the belly of the fish. However, the phrase “to hear someone’s voice” in the Old Testament often means “to listen and obey (comply).” In this context, Jonah is expressing that Yahweh both heard him and acted to save him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JON	2	3	glp2		בִּ⁠לְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים	1	into the heart of the seas	Here the term **heart** is a metaphor for “being inside” something. The phrase “in the heart of” means to be “in the middle of” or “completely surrounded by” sea water. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JON	2	3	p8fd		וְ⁠נָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי	1	a current surrounded me	***the sea water closed in around me***
 JON	2	3	c6jx	figs-doublet	מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	your billows and your waves	Both of these are disturbances on the surface of the ocean. They could be combined into one term, such as “waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JON	2	4	jdr5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י	1	But as for me,	This expression shows that there is a contrast between the actions of Yahweh, which Jonah had just talked about, and his own response. Alternate translation: “Then I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ JON	2	7	jdr6	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	בְּ⁠הִתְעַטֵּ֤ף
 JON	2	7	l2b6		אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה זָכָ֑רְתִּי	1	I remembered Yahweh	Since Jonah was praying to Yahweh, it might be more clear in some languages to say “I thought about you, Yahweh” or “Yahweh, I thought about you.”
 JON	2	7	ue9g	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תָּב֤וֹא אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּפִלָּתִ֔⁠י אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	and my prayer came to you, to your holy temple	Jonah speaks as if his prayers could travel to God and his temple. This means that God heard his prayer and responded to it. Alternate translation: “then you in your holy temple heard my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JON	2	7	jdrF	figs-metonymy	הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	your holy temple	Here the term “holy temple” may have either a literal or a figurative meaning, or perhaps both. Jonah might be speaking about the literal temple in Jerusalem, or he might be speaking about God’s dwelling place in Heaven. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JON	2	8	jdrE		נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י	1	my spirit	Here the Hebrew term **my spirit** could also mean  ***my life***.
+JON	2	8	jdrE		נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י	1	my spirit	Here the Hebrew term **my spirit** could also mean ***my life***.
 JON	2	8	u1l9	figs-idiom	מְשַׁמְּרִ֖ים הַבְלֵי־שָׁ֑וְא	1	Those who give attention to empty vanities	Here the term “empty vanities” is probably an idiom referring to idols of false gods. Alternate translation: “Those who give attention to useless idols” or “Those who pay attention to useless gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	2	8	fac9		חַסְדָּ֖⁠ם יַעֲזֹֽבוּ	1	forsake their covenant faithfulness	Here, **covenant faithfulness** could refer to (1) the faithfulness of God or (2) the faithfulness of the people. Therefore, it could mean (1) “are rejecting you, who would be faithful to them” or (2) “are abandoning their commitment to you”
 JON	2	9	q3yb	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י	1	But as for me,	This expression shows that there is a contrast between the people Jonah had just spoken about and himself. They paid attention to useless gods, but he would worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “But I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@ JON	3	1	xj6n	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה	1	The wor
 JON	3	2	ve4i		ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה	1	Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city	***Go to the large and important city of Nineveh***
 JON	3	2	cl3b	figs-idiom	ק֛וּם	1	Get up	**Get up** here is an idiom intended to motivate Jonah to obey the next command, which is “go.” See how you translated this in 1:2 and 1:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	3	2	ir79		וִּ⁠קְרָ֤א אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠קְּרִיאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	call out to it the proclamation that I tell to you	***tell the people there what I tell you to tell them***
-JON	3	3	k7k9	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	So Jonah got up and went to Nineveh, according to the word of Yahweh	Here the words **got up** mean that Jonah took action in response to God’s command to go, and this time he obeyed instead of disobeying.  Alternate translation: ***This time Jonah obeyed Yahweh and went to Nineveh*** or “So Jonah left the beach and went to Nineveh, as Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JON	3	3	k7k9	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	So Jonah got up and went to Nineveh, according to the word of Yahweh	Here the words **got up** mean that Jonah took action in response to God’s command to go, and this time he obeyed instead of disobeying. Alternate translation: ***This time Jonah obeyed Yahweh and went to Nineveh*** or “So Jonah left the beach and went to Nineveh, as Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	3	3	g4nk	figs-metonymy	כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	the word of Yahweh	***the message of Yahweh*** or ***the command of Yahweh***
 JON	3	3	dt1b	writing-background	וְ⁠נִֽינְוֵ֗ה הָיְתָ֤ה עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים	1	Now Nineveh was a great city to Gpd, a journey of three days	This sentence gives background information about the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JON	3	3	jd8r	figs-idiom	עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים	1	a great city to God	This is an idiom meaning that the city is both extremely large and one of the largest cities in the world.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JON	3	3	jd8r	figs-idiom	עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים	1	a great city to God	This is an idiom meaning that the city is both extremely large and one of the largest cities in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	3	3	ye82	figs-idiom	מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים	1	a journey of three days	This appears to mean that a person had to walk for three days to completely go through it from one side of the city to the opposite side. It could also mean that it took three days to see the whole city. Alternate translation: “a city so large that it would take a person three days to walk through it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	3	4	r2al		וַ⁠יָּ֤חֶל יוֹנָה֙ לָ⁠ב֣וֹא בָ⁠עִ֔יר מַהֲלַ֖ךְ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֑ד וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙	1	So Jonah began to go into the city a journey of one day, and he called out	This phrase has two possible meanings: (1) Jonah walked a day’s journey into the city, then he started calling out; or (2) while Jonah was walking through the city on the first day, he started calling out.
 JON	3	4	r94k		וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר	1	and he called out and said	***and he proclaimed*** or ***and he shouted***
@@ -134,17 +134,17 @@ JON	3	8	mzx6		וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה	1	every animal	Here the word ***a
 JON	3	8	jh7e	figs-explicit	וְ⁠יִקְרְא֥וּ אֶל־אֱלֹהִ֖ים בְּ⁠חָזְקָ֑ה	1	and they must cry out to God with strength	***and they must pray earnestly to God***. What the people were to pray for can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and they must cry out loudly to God and ask for mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JON	3	8	n3ls		הֶ⁠חָמָ֖ס אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠כַפֵּי⁠הֶֽם	1	the violence that is in his hands	Here **hands** is a metonym meaning doing. This refers to the violence that the people of Nineveh were doing. Alternate translation: “the violent things that he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JON	3	9	wbt6	figs-rquestion	מִֽי־יוֹדֵ֣עַ	1	Who knows?	The king used this rhetorical question to get the people to think about something that is possible, but uncertain: that if they would stop sinning, God might not kill them. It could be translated as a statement: “We do not know”. Or it could be stated as a word and be part of the next sentence: “Perhaps”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JON	3	9	z3jj	figs-metaphor	יָשׁ֔וּב וְ⁠נִחַ֖ם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	This god might turn back and have compassion	Here the author speaks of God changing his mind about bringing judgment as if God were turning around and walking in the opposite direction.  Alternate translation: “God may decide instead to have compassion” or “God may do the opposite of what he said and be merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JON	3	9	jdrG	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠חֲר֥וֹן אַפּ֖⁠וֹ	1	from the burning of his nose	Here **the burning of his nose** is an idiom meaning that the person is angry.  Alternate translation: “from his anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JON	3	9	z3jj	figs-metaphor	יָשׁ֔וּב וְ⁠נִחַ֖ם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	This god might turn back and have compassion	Here the author speaks of God changing his mind about bringing judgment as if God were turning around and walking in the opposite direction. Alternate translation: “God may decide instead to have compassion” or “God may do the opposite of what he said and be merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JON	3	9	jdrG	figs-idiom	מֵ⁠חֲר֥וֹן אַפּ֖⁠וֹ	1	from the burning of his nose	Here **the burning of his nose** is an idiom meaning that the person is angry. Alternate translation: “from his anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JON	3	9	uvp9		וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד	1	so that we will not perish	***and we will not die***
 JON	3	10	w3uu		וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽת־מַ֣עֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֔ם כִּי־שָׁ֖בוּ מִ⁠דַּרְכָּ֣⁠ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ה	1	And God saw their deeds, that they turned away from their evil ways	***God saw that they stopped doing evil actions***
 JON	3	10	k8am	figs-metaphor	שָׁ֖בוּ מִ⁠דַּרְכָּ֣⁠ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ה	1	they turned from their evil ways	Here the author speaks of the people stopping their sinning as if they turned around from walking on a path toward evil and started walking in the opposite direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JON	3	10	ab85		וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה	1	And God relented in regard to the evil	The word translated as “evil” here is very broad, including moral evil, physical evil, and everything that is bad. It is the same word used in the previous sentence (and verse 8) to describe the actions of the Ninevites. The author is showing that when people repent of moral evil, God relents of doing physical evil (punishment). God never does moral evil. If this is clear in your language, you may want to use the same word in both sentences. If that is not clear, you may want to use different words.
 JON	3	10	it1a	figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹ֥א עָשָֽׂה	1	and he did not do it	What God did not do can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and he did not punish them” or “and he did not destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JON	4	intro	ys57			0		# Jonah 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy not coming true<br><br>### It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Jonah’s anger<br><br> <br><br>### When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### God’s grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
+JON	4	intro	ys57			0		# Jonah 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy not coming true<br><br>### It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Jonah’s anger<br><br> <br><br>### When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### God’s grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
 JON	4	1	jdr8	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	But this was evil to Jonah, a great evil, and it burned to him.	This sentence introduces the next part of the story where Jonah responds to God saving the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JON	4	1	abc3	figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ	1	and it burned to him	This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. Alternate translation: “and he was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JON	4	2	q6bb	figs-exclamations	אָנָּ֤ה 	1	Ah!	In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense frustration. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
+JON	4	2	q6bb	figs-exclamations	אָנָּ֤ה	1	Ah!	In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense frustration. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 JON	4	2	k24b	figs-rquestion	יְהוָה֙ הֲ⁠לוֹא־זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗⁠י עַד־הֱיוֹתִ⁠י֙ עַל־אַדְמָתִ֔⁠י	1	Yahweh, was this not my word while I was in my country?	Jonah used this rhetorical question to tell God how angry he was. If it is more clear, this can be made into a statement. Alternate translation: “Ah, Yahweh, this is what I said when I was still in my own country!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JON	4	2	ab79	figs-explicit	יְהוָה֙ הֲ⁠לוֹא־זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗⁠י עַד־הֱיוֹתִ⁠י֙ עַל־אַדְמָתִ֔⁠י	1	Yahweh, was this not my word while I was in my country?	What Jonah said when he was back in his own country can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Yahweh, when I was still in my own country I knew that if I warned the people of Nineveh, they would repent, and you would not destroy them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JON	4	2	ab81	figs-idiom	אֶ֤רֶךְ אַפַּ֨יִם֙	1	long of nostrils	This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh does not get angry quickly. Alternate translation: “slow to get angry” or “very patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JON	4	9	w24z	figs-explicit	הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֖ ע
 JON	4	9	h43a		הֵיטֵ֥ב חָֽרָה־לִ֖⁠י עַד־מָֽוֶת	1	It is right that it burns to me, even as far as death.	***I am right to be angry. I am angry enough to die!***
 JON	4	10	gkz7	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1	Yahweh said	Here Yahweh is speaking to Jonah. This implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh said to Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JON	4	10	ab88	figs-idiom	שֶׁ⁠בִּן־ לַ֥יְלָה הָיָ֖ה וּ⁠בִן־ לַ֥יְלָה אָבָֽד־ לַ֥יְלָה	1	it came as a son of a night, and it perished as a son of a night	This idiom means that the plant existed only briefly. Alternate translation: “It grew in one night and died the next” or “It grew quickly and died just as quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JON	4	11	jdr0	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙ 	1	So as for me,	This expression, paired with **As for you** in verse 10, shows a comparison between Jonah’s attitude toward the plant and Yahweh’s attitude toward the people of Nineveh. Express this comparison in a natural way in your language.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+JON	4	11	jdr0	grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙	1	So as for me,	This expression, paired with **As for you** in verse 10, shows a comparison between Jonah’s attitude toward the plant and Yahweh’s attitude toward the people of Nineveh. Express this comparison in a natural way in your language.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JON	4	11	ecl1	figs-rquestion	וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹ֣א אָח֔וּס עַל־נִינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדַע֙ בֵּין־יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה רַבָּֽה	1	So as for me, should I not feel troubled about Nineveh, the great city, in which there are more than 120,000 people who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand, and many animals?	God used this rhetorical question to emphasize his claim that he should have compassion on Nineveh. Alternate translation: “I certainly should have compassion for Nineveh, that great city, in which there are more than 120,000 people who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand, and also many cattle.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JON	4	11	dqi1		אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩	1	in which there are more than	This can also be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: ***There are more than*** or ***It has more than***
 JON	4	11	c3b7	translate-numbers	מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם	1	120,000 people	***one hundred and twenty thousand people*** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-ZEC	front	intro	yx6e			0		# Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br>- Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br>- Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br>- The measuring line (2:1–13)<br>- The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br>- The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br>- The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br>- The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br>- Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br>- Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br>- Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br>- Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br>- Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies.  (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
+ZEC	front	intro	yx6e			0		# Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br>- Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br>- Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br>- The measuring line (2:1–13)<br>- The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br>- The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br>- The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br>- The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br>- Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br>- Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br>- Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br>- Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br>- Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
 ZEC	1	intro	qki3			0		# Zechariah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
 ZEC	1	1	if96	translate-hebrewmonths		0	In the eighth month	This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 ZEC	1	1	fpf6	translate-ordinal		0	the second year of Darius’ reign	“the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

en_tn_45-ACT.tsv

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-ACT	front	intro	mw28			0		# Introduction to Acts<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Acts<br><br>1. The beginning of the church and its mission (1:1–2:41)<br>1. The early church in Jerusalem (2:42–6:7)<br>1. Increasing opposition and the martyrdom of Steven (6:8–7:60)<br>1. The persecution of the church and Philip’s ministry (8:1–40)<br>1. Paul becomes an apostle (9:1–31)<br>1. The ministry of Peter and the first Gentile converts (9:32–12:24)<br>1. Paul, the apostle to Gentiles, the Jewish law, and council of church leaders at Jerusalem (12:25–16:5)<br>1. The expansion of the church into the middle Mediterranean area and Asia Minor (16:6–19:20)<br>1. Paul travels to Jerusalem and becomes a prisoner in Rome (19:21–28:31)<br><br>### What is the Book of Acts about?<br><br>The Book of Acts tells the story of the early church as more and more people became believers. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book began when Jesus went back to heaven and ended about thirty years later.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a title that may be clearer, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Acts?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, it is addressed to Theophilus, the same person to whom the Gospel of Luke is addressed. Also, in parts of the book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought Luke is the author of the Book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.<br><br>Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He saw many of the events described in the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the Church?<br><br>The Church is the group of people who believe in Christ. The Church includes both Jew and Gentile believers. The events in this book show God helping the Church. He empowered believers to live righteous lives through his Holy Spirit.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Acts?<br><br>These are the most significant textual issues in Acts:<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible, but they are not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Some modern versions put the verses in square brackets ([]). The ULT and UST put them in a footnote.<br><br>* “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God’” (Acts 8:37).<br>* “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.” (Acts 15:34)<br>* “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.” (Acts 24:6b-8a)<br>* “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.” (Acts 28:29)<br><br>In the following verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. Translators will need to choose which reading to translate. The ULT has the first readings but include the second readings in footnotes.<br>* “They returned from Jerusalem” (Acts 12:25). Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem (or to there).”<br>* “he put up with them” (Acts 13:18). Some versions read, “he cared for them.”<br>* “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” (Acts 15:17-18). Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
-ACT	1	intro	vyg9			0		# Acts 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records an event, commonly known as the “Ascension,” when Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. He will not come back until he returns at his “second coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])<br><br>The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You might want to start this book the way people start letters in your culture.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotes from Psalms in 1:20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baptize<br><br>The word “baptize” has two meanings in this chapter. It refers to the water baptism of John and to the baptism of the Holy Spirit ([Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>### “He spoke about the kingdom of God”<br><br>Some scholars believe that when Jesus “spoke about the kingdom of God,” he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God did not come before he died. Others believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was alive and that here Jesus was explaining that it was beginning in a new form.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Akeldama<br><br>This is a phrase in Hebrew or Aramaic. Luke used Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told what it means. You should probably spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>
+ACT	front	intro	mw28			0		# Introduction to Acts<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Acts<br><br>1. The beginning of the church and its mission (1:1–2:41)<br>1. The early church in Jerusalem (2:42–6:7)<br>1. Increasing opposition and the martyrdom of Steven (6:8–7:60)<br>1. The persecution of the church and Philip’s ministry (8:1–40)<br>1. Paul becomes an apostle (9:1–31)<br>1. The ministry of Peter and the first Gentile converts (9:32–12:24)<br>1. Paul, the apostle to Gentiles, the Jewish law, and council of church leaders at Jerusalem (12:25–16:5)<br>1. The expansion of the church into the middle Mediterranean area and Asia Minor (16:6–19:20)<br>1. Paul travels to Jerusalem and becomes a prisoner in Rome (19:21–28:31)<br><br>### What is the Book of Acts about?<br><br>The Book of Acts tells the story of the early church as more and more people became believers. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book began when Jesus went back to heaven and ended about thirty years later.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a title that may be clearer, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Acts?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, it is addressed to Theophilus, the same person to whom the Gospel of Luke is addressed. Also, in parts of the book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought Luke is the author of the Book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.<br><br>Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He saw many of the events described in the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the Church?<br><br>The Church is the group of people who believe in Christ. The Church includes both Jew and Gentile believers. The events in this book show God helping the Church. He empowered believers to live righteous lives through his Holy Spirit.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Acts?<br><br>These are the most significant textual issues in Acts:<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible, but they are not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Some modern versions put the verses in square brackets ([]). The ULT and UST put them in a footnote.<br><br>* “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God’” (Acts 8:37).<br>* “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.” (Acts 15:34)<br>* “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.” (Acts 24:6b-8a)<br>* “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.” (Acts 28:29)<br><br>In the following verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. Translators will need to choose which reading to translate. The ULT has the first readings but include the second readings in footnotes.<br>* “They returned from Jerusalem” (Acts 12:25). Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem (or to there).”<br>* “he put up with them” (Acts 13:18). Some versions read, “he cared for them.”<br>* “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” (Acts 15:17-18). Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+ACT	1	intro	vyg9			0		# Acts 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records an event, commonly known as the “Ascension,” when Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. He will not come back until he returns at his “second coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])<br><br>The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You might want to start this book the way people start letters in your culture.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotes from Psalms in 1:20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baptize<br><br>The word “baptize” has two meanings in this chapter. It refers to the water baptism of John and to the baptism of the Holy Spirit ([Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>### “He spoke about the kingdom of God”<br><br>Some scholars believe that when Jesus “spoke about the kingdom of God,” he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God did not come before he died. Others believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was alive and that here Jesus was explaining that it was beginning in a new form.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Akeldama<br><br>This is a phrase in Hebrew or Aramaic. Luke used Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told what it means. You should probably spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 ACT	1	1	q9ep		τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην	1	The former book I wrote	The former book is the Gospel of Luke.
 ACT	1	1	ryj5	translate-names	ὦ Θεόφιλε	1	Theophilus	Luke wrote this book to a man named Theophilus. Some translations follow their own culture’s way of addressing a letter and write “Dear Theophilus” at the beginning of the sentence. Theophilus means “friend of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	1	2	n435	figs-activepassive	ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας…ἀνελήμφθη	1	until the day that he was taken up	This refers to Jesus’ ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: “until the day on which God took him up to heaven” or “until the day that he ascended into heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ ACT	1	25	tx6n	figs-euphemism	πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τ
 ACT	1	26	r84c		ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς	1	They cast lots for them	The apostles cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias.
 ACT	1	26	w4ph		ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν	1	the lot fell to Matthias	The lot indicated that Matthias was the one to replace Judas.
 ACT	1	26	fk4x	figs-activepassive	συνκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων	1	he was numbered with the eleven apostles	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers considered him to be an apostle with the other eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	2	intro	x8fr			1		# Acts 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17-21, 25-28, and 34-35.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 2:31.<br><br>The events described in this chapter are commonly called “Pentecost.” Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tongues<br><br>The word “tongues” has two meanings in this chapter. Luke describes what came down from heaven ([Acts 2:3](../../act/02/03.md)) as tongues that looked like fire. This is different from “a tongue of flame,” which is a fire that looks like a tongue. Luke also uses the word “tongues” to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them ([Acts 2:4](../02/04.md)).<br><br>### Last days<br><br>No one knows for sure when the “last days” ([Acts 2:17](../../act/02/17.md)) began. Your translation should not say more than the ULT does about this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>### Baptize<br><br>The word “baptize” in this chapter refers to Christian baptism ([Acts 2:38-41](../02/38.md)). Though the event described in [Acts 2:1-11](./01.md) is the baptism of the Holy Spirit that Jesus promised in [Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md), the word “baptize” here does not refer to that event. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>### The prophecy of Joel<br><br>Many of the things that Joel said would happen did happen on the day of Pentecost ([Acts 2:17-18](../02/17.md)), but some things Joel spoke of did not happen ([Acts 2:19-20](../02/19.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Wonders and signs<br><br>These words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus is who the disciples said he is.<br>
+ACT	2	intro	x8fr			1		# Acts 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17-21, 25-28, and 34-35.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 2:31.<br><br>The events described in this chapter are commonly called “Pentecost.” Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tongues<br><br>The word “tongues” has two meanings in this chapter. Luke describes what came down from heaven ([Acts 2:3](../../act/02/03.md)) as tongues that looked like fire. This is different from “a tongue of flame,” which is a fire that looks like a tongue. Luke also uses the word “tongues” to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them ([Acts 2:4](../02/04.md)).<br><br>### Last days<br><br>No one knows for sure when the “last days” ([Acts 2:17](../../act/02/17.md)) began. Your translation should not say more than the ULT does about this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>### Baptize<br><br>The word “baptize” in this chapter refers to Christian baptism ([Acts 2:38-41](../02/38.md)). Though the event described in [Acts 2:1-11](./01.md) is the baptism of the Holy Spirit that Jesus promised in [Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md), the word “baptize” here does not refer to that event. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>### The prophecy of Joel<br><br>Many of the things that Joel said would happen did happen on the day of Pentecost ([Acts 2:17-18](../02/17.md)), but some things Joel spoke of did not happen ([Acts 2:19-20](../02/19.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Wonders and signs<br><br>These words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus is who the disciples said he is.
 ACT	2	1	i4sa			0	General Information:	This is a new event; it is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover.
 ACT	2	1	i4sb			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers that Luke mentions in [Acts 1:15](../01/15.md).
 ACT	2	2	jc1w		ἄφνω	1	Suddenly	This word refers to an event that happens unexpectedly.
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ ACT	2	46	q1ge	figs-synecdoche	κλῶντές…κατ’ οἶκον ἄρτο
 ACT	2	46	i2yk	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας	1	with glad and humble hearts	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “joyfully and humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	2	47	z6ig		αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν	1	praising God and having favor with all the people	“praising God. All the people approved of them”
 ACT	2	47	kc42	figs-activepassive	τοὺς σῳζομένους	1	those who were being saved	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the Lord saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	3	intro	hpd9			0		# Acts 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The covenant God made with Abraham<br><br>This chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews because God was fulfilling part of the covenant he had made with Abraham. Peter thought that the Jews were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus, but he<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You delivered up”<br><br>The Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and told the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter thought that they were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus. But he tells them that they are also the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus’ followers to invite them to repent ([Luke 3:26](../../luk/03/26.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
+ACT	3	intro	hpd9			0		# Acts 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The covenant God made with Abraham<br><br>This chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews because God was fulfilling part of the covenant he had made with Abraham. Peter thought that the Jews were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus, but he<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You delivered up”<br><br>The Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and told the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter thought that they were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus. But he tells them that they are also the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus’ followers to invite them to repent ([Luke 3:26](../../luk/03/26.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
 ACT	3	1	u6nu	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 2 gives background information about the lame man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	3	1	b5rm			0	Connecting Statement:	One day Peter and John go to the temple.
 ACT	3	1	br7i		εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	into the temple	They did not go into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “to the temple courtyard” or “into the temple area”
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ ACT	3	25	g31m	figs-activepassive	ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι
 ACT	3	26	b7tz		ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ	1	After God raised up his servant	“After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous”
 ACT	3	26	z5q6		τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ	1	his servant	This refers to the Messiah, Jesus.
 ACT	3	26	x8ss	figs-metaphor	τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν	1	turning every one of you from your wickedness	Here “turning…from” is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: “causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things” or “causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ACT	4	intro	pv3a			0		# Acts 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unity<br><br>The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.<br><br>### “Signs and wonders”<br><br>This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he can do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Cornerstone<br><br>The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything about the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Name<br><br>“There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved” ([Acts 4:12](../../act/04/12.md)). With these words Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or will ever be on earth can save people.<br>
+ACT	4	intro	pv3a			0		# Acts 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unity<br><br>The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.<br><br>### “Signs and wonders”<br><br>This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he can do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Cornerstone<br><br>The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything about the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Name<br><br>“There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved” ([Acts 4:12](../../act/04/12.md)). With these words Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or will ever be on earth can save people.
 ACT	4	1	ew3l			0	Connecting Statement:	The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter’s having healed the man who was born lame.
 ACT	4	1	abc4		λαλούντων…αὐτῶν	1	As they were speaking	“As Peter and John were speaking”
 ACT	4	1	d3tv		ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς	1	came upon them	“approached them” or “came to them”
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ ACT	4	35	ps4s	figs-activepassive	διεδίδετο…ἑκάστῳ, καθότ
 ACT	4	36	uc2a	writing-participants		0	General Information:	Luke introduces Barnabas into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 ACT	4	36	nr4v	figs-idiom	υἱὸς παρακλήσεως	1	Son of Encouragement	The apostles used this name to show that Joseph was a person who encouraged others. “Son of” is an idiom used to describe a person’s behavior or character. Alternate translation: “Encourager” or “one who encourages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	4	37	gtv5	figs-idiom	ἔθηκεν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	laid it at the apostles’ feet	This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ACT	5	intro	k2uh			0		# Acts 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure if Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold ([Acts 5:1-10](../05/01.md)), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan.<br><br>When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers.<br><br>
+ACT	5	intro	k2uh			0		# Acts 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure if Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold ([Acts 5:1-10](../05/01.md)), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan.<br><br>When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers.<br>
 ACT	5	1	v27a	writing-background		0		Continuing the story of how the new Christians shared their belongings with other believers, Luke tells about two believers, Ananias and Sapphria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 ACT	5	1	ysl9		δέ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line to tell a new part of the story.
 ACT	5	2	xm1t		συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός	1	his wife also knew it	“his wife also knew that he kept back part of the sale money”
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ ACT	5	41	cv8y	figs-activepassive	κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀ
 ACT	5	41	lk82	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος	1	for the Name	Here “the Name” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	5	42	jj94		πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν	1	Thereafter every day	“After that day, every day.” This phrase marks what the apostles did every day through the following days.
 ACT	5	42	kyp6	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ’ οἶκον	1	in the temple and from house to house	They did not go into the temple building where only the priests went. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard and in different people’s houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	6	intro	z5r5			0		# Acts 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The distribution to the widows<br><br>The believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them had lived in Judea and spoke Hebrew, and others had lived in Gentile areas and spoke Greek. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His face was like the face of an angel”<br><br>No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen’s face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. It is best for the translation to say only what the ULT says about this.<br>
+ACT	6	intro	z5r5			0		# Acts 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The distribution to the widows<br><br>The believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them had lived in Judea and spoke Hebrew, and others had lived in Gentile areas and spoke Greek. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His face was like the face of an angel”<br><br>No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen’s face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. It is best for the translation to say only what the ULT says about this.
 ACT	6	1	ky47	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new part of the story. Luke gives important background information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	6	1	f8br	writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Now in these days	Consider how new parts of a story are introduced in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 ACT	6	1	t94s		πληθυνόντων	1	was multiplying	“was greatly increasing”
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ ACT	6	13	zv6s		οὐ παύεται λαλῶν	1	does not stop speaking	“cont
 ACT	6	14	vak4	figs-idiom	παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν	1	handed down to us	The phrase “handed down” means “passed on.” Alternate translation: “taught our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	6	15	gf7e	figs-idiom	ἀτενίσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν	1	fixed their eyes on him	This is an idiom that means they looked intently at him. Here “eyes” is a metonym for sight. Alternate translation: “looked intently at him” or “stared at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	6	15	k8rw	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου	1	was like the face of an angel	This phrase compares his face to that of an angel but does not say specifically what they have in common. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-ACT	7	intro	p9h4			0		# Acts 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42-43 and 49-50.<br><br>It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Stephen said”<br><br>Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.<br><br>### “Full of the Holy Spirit”<br><br>The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.<br><br>### Foreshadowing<br><br>When an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul, also known as Paul, here, even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Paul is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Implied information<br><br>Stephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Stephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background knowledge<br><br>The Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was telling them about. They knew what Moses had written in the Book of Genesis. If the Book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to understand what Stephen said.<br>
+ACT	7	intro	p9h4			0		# Acts 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42-43 and 49-50.<br><br>It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Stephen said”<br><br>Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.<br><br>### “Full of the Holy Spirit”<br><br>The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.<br><br>### Foreshadowing<br><br>When an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul, also known as Paul, here, even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Paul is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Implied information<br><br>Stephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Stephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background knowledge<br><br>The Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was telling them about. They knew what Moses had written in the Book of Genesis. If the Book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to understand what Stephen said.
 ACT	7	1	pt4h	figs-you		0	General Information:	The word “our” includes both Steven, the Jewish council to whom he spoke, and the entire audience. The word “your” is singular refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ACT	7	1	hy9r			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story about Stephen, which began in [Acts 6:8](../06/08.md), continues. Stephen begins his response to the high priest and the council by talking about things that happened in Israel’s history. Most of this history comes from Moses’ writings.
 ACT	7	2	abc7		ὁ δὲ ἔφη	1	Then he said	Stephen is speaking.
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ ACT	7	59	k2el		δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	receive my spirit	“take
 ACT	7	60	u86q	translate-symaction	θεὶς δὲ τὰ γόνατα	1	He knelt down	This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 ACT	7	60	tvf8	figs-litotes	μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1	do not hold this sin against them	This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 ACT	7	60	r9vi	figs-euphemism	ἐκοιμήθη	1	fell asleep	Here to fall asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-ACT	8	intro	q9d9			0		# Acts 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.<br><br>The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words “So there began.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Receiving the Holy Spirit<br><br>In this chapter for the first time Luke speaks of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.<br><br>### Proclaimed<br><br>This chapter more than any other in the Book of Acts speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word “proclaim” translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something.<br>
+ACT	8	intro	q9d9			0		# Acts 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.<br><br>The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words “So there began.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Receiving the Holy Spirit<br><br>In this chapter for the first time Luke speaks of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.<br><br>### Proclaimed<br><br>This chapter more than any other in the Book of Acts speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word “proclaim” translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something.
 ACT	8	1	tp9e	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	It may be helpful to your audience to move these parts of the story about Stephen together by using a verse bridge as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 ACT	8	1	a7uc			0	Connecting Statement:	The story shifts from Stephen to Saul in these verses.
 ACT	8	1	ez88	writing-background	ἐγένετο…ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις. πάντες δὲ διεσπάρησαν κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας, πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων	1	So there began…except the apostles	This part of verse 1 is background information about the persecution that began after Stephen’s death. This explains why Saul was persecuting the believers in verse 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ ACT	8	39	xp52		οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ εὐνοῦχ
 ACT	8	40	r1x7		Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον	1	Philip appeared at Azotus	There was no indication of Philip’s traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus.
 ACT	8	40	arh5		διερχόμενος	1	that region	This refers to the area around the town of Azotus.
 ACT	8	40	zfn6		τὰς πόλεις πάσας	1	to all the cities	“to all the cities in that region”
-ACT	9	intro	jm6x			0		# Acts 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”<br><br>The “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### What Saul saw when he met Jesus<br><br>It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here.<br>
+ACT	9	intro	jm6x			0		# Acts 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”<br><br>The “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### What Saul saw when he met Jesus<br><br>It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here.
 ACT	9	1	r4n5	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses give background information telling us what Saul has been doing since the stoning of Stephen. Here the word “him” refers to the high priest and “he” refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	9	1	yt9e			0	Connecting Statement:	The story shifts back to Saul and his salvation.
 ACT	9	1	anb6	figs-abstractnouns	ἔτι ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples	The noun “murder” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “still speaking threats, even to murder the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ ACT	9	42	nda9	figs-activepassive	γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’
 ACT	9	42	fyz4		ἐπίστευσαν…ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον	1	believed on the Lord	“believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus”
 ACT	9	43	k9ik	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο	1	It happened that	“It came about that.” This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 ACT	9	43	qar2		Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ	1	Simon, a tanner	“a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins”
-ACT	10	intro	ym7z			0		# Acts 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br><br>The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Baptism and the Holy Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.<br>
+ACT	10	intro	ym7z			0		# Acts 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br><br>The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Baptism and the Holy Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.
 ACT	10	1	m1vx	writing-background		0	General Information:	These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	10	1	nfy5			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius.
 ACT	10	1	wtb9	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ δέ τις	1	Now there was a certain man	This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ ACT	10	46	p6pa		αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγ
 ACT	10	47	u5d5	figs-rquestion	μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς	1	Can anyone keep water from these people so they should not be baptized, these people who have received…we?	Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. Alternate translation: “No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received…we!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	10	48	t2y9	figs-explicit	προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι	1	he commanded them to be baptized	It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. Alternate translation: “Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them” or “Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	10	48	ax6x	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι	1	be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ	Here “in the name of Jesus Christ” expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	11	intro	hva5			0		# Acts 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Gentiles also had received the word of God”<br><br>Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to “receive the word of God.” Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.<br>
+ACT	11	intro	hva5			0		# Acts 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Gentiles also had received the word of God”<br><br>Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to “receive the word of God.” Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.
 ACT	11	1	uw5m			0	General Information:	This is the beginning of a new event in the story.
 ACT	11	1	j7f7			0	Connecting Statement:	Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there.
 ACT	11	1	ab75	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ ACT	11	29	de92		δὲ	1	So	This word means marks an event that happened because
 ACT	11	29	rk9z		καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις	1	as each one was able	The richer people sent more; the poorer people sent less.
 ACT	11	29	up7a		ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς	1	the brothers in Judea	“the believers in Judea”
 ACT	11	30	l8i8	figs-idiom	διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου	1	by the hand of Barnabas and Saul	The hand is a synecdoche for the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: “by having Barnabas and Saul take to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ACT	12	intro	f66j			0		# Acts 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas was bringing Saul back from Tarsus and they were delivering money from Antioch Jerusalem (11:25-30). He killed many of the leaders of the church, and he put Peter in prison. After God helped Peter escape the prison, Herod killed the prison guards, and then God killed Herod. In the last verse of the chapter, Luke tells how Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Personification<br><br>The “word of God” is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could grow and become many. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br>
+ACT	12	intro	f66j			0		# Acts 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas was bringing Saul back from Tarsus and they were delivering money from Antioch Jerusalem (11:25-30). He killed many of the leaders of the church, and he put Peter in prison. After God helped Peter escape the prison, Herod killed the prison guards, and then God killed Herod. In the last verse of the chapter, Luke tells how Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Personification<br><br>The “word of God” is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could grow and become many. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ACT	12	1	u4w7	writing-background		0	General Information:	This is background information about Herod’s killing James. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	12	1	ua9p			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the new persecution, first of James’ death and then of Peter’s imprisonment and then release.
 ACT	12	1	ti1y	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Now	This begins a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ ACT	12	24	m1sw	figs-metaphor	ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν
 ACT	12	24	wn8m		ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	“the message God sent about Jesus”
 ACT	12	25	pv6a	figs-explicit	πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν	1	completed their mission	This refers back to when they brought money from the believers at Antioch in [Acts 11:29-30](../11/29.md). Alternate translation: “delivered the money to the church leaders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	12	25	t7d8	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	they returned from Jerusalem	They went back to Antioch from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Barnabas and Saul returned to Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	13	intro	rlh6			0		# Acts 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.<br><br>The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and it describes how it is the Gentiles and not the Jews to whom the believers tell the message about Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light for the Gentiles<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
+ACT	13	intro	rlh6			0		# Acts 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.<br><br>The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and it describes how it is the Gentiles and not the Jews to whom the believers tell the message about Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light for the Gentiles<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
 ACT	13	1	ce7s	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 1 gives background information about the people in the church at Antioch. Here the first word “they” probably refers to these five leaders but may also include the other believers. The next words “they” and “their” probably refer to the other three leaders not including Barnabas and Saul but could include other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	13	1	qa2i			0	Connecting Statement:	Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch send Barnabas and Saul.
 ACT	13	1	rej8		δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν	1	Now in the church in Antioch	“At that time in the church at Antioch”
@@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ ACT	13	50	cq9h		ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων α
 ACT	13	51	abco		οἱ δὲ, ἐκτιναξάμενοι	1	But they shook off	“But Paul and Silas shook off”
 ACT	13	51	xi1z	writing-symlanguage	ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς	1	shook off the dust from their feet against them	This was a symbolic act to indicate to the unbelieving people that God had rejected them and would punish them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 ACT	13	52	dp5k		οἵ…μαθηταὶ	1	the disciples	This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left.
-ACT	14	intro	rsg2			0		# Acts 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of his grace”<br><br>The message of Jesus is the message that God will show grace to those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Zeus and Hermes<br><br>The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods who do not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”<br><br>Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul is saying the same thing using different words.<br>
+ACT	14	intro	rsg2			0		# Acts 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of his grace”<br><br>The message of Jesus is the message that God will show grace to those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Zeus and Hermes<br><br>The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods who do not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”<br><br>Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul is saying the same thing using different words.
 ACT	14	1	vh8u			0	General Information:	The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium continues.
 ACT	14	1	abcp		εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς	1	they entered	
 ACT	14	1	hk1z		ἐγένετο δὲ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ	1	It came about in Iconium that	“Paul and Barnabas entered”
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ ACT	14	27	vcd3			0	General Information:	Here the words “they,” “them,” a
 ACT	14	27	i9dv		συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	gathered the church together	“called the local believers to meet together”
 ACT	14	27	b4id	figs-metaphor	ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως	1	he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles	God’s enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: “God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	14	28	abcq	figs-litotes	χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον	1	for not a little time	This phrase is a litotes. The words **not** and **a little** together mean ‘a lot.’ Alternate translation: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-ACT	15	intro	h917			0		# Acts 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.<br><br>The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.” This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>In this chapter Luke begins to use the word “brothers” to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.<br><br>### Obeying the law of Moses<br><br>Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do.<br><br>### “Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality”<br><br>It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together.<br>
+ACT	15	intro	h917			0		# Acts 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17.<br><br>The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.” This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>In this chapter Luke begins to use the word “brothers” to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews.<br><br>### Obeying the law of Moses<br><br>Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do.<br><br>### “Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality”<br><br>It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together.
 ACT	15	1	qck6			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision.
 ACT	15	1	su66	figs-explicit	τινες	1	Some men	“Some men.” You can make explicit that these men were Jews who believed in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	15	1	p3k9		κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	came down from Judea	The phrase “came down” is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch.
@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ ACT	15	40	l2uq	figs-activepassive	παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι το
 ACT	15	41	e3ym	figs-explicit	διήρχετο	1	he went	The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. Alternate translation: “they went” or “Paul and Silas went” or “Paul took Silas and went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	15	41	t81z		διήρχετο…τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν	1	went through Syria and Cilicia	These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.
 ACT	15	41	tbv3	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας	1	strengthening the churches	Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. The word “churches” refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. Alternate translation: “encouraging the believers in the churches” or “helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	16	intro	e7z2			0		# Acts 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Timothy’s circumcision<br><br>Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised..<br><br>### The woman who had a spirit of divination<br><br>Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.<br>
+ACT	16	intro	e7z2			0		# Acts 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Timothy’s circumcision<br><br>Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised..<br><br>### The woman who had a spirit of divination<br><br>Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.
 ACT	16	1	l2b1			0	General Information:	The first, third, and fourth instances of the word “him” refer to Timothy. The second “him” refers to Paul.
 ACT	16	1	f49m	writing-background		0		This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	16	1	km5q	figs-go	κατήντησεν…καὶ	1	Paul also came	Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -1677,7 +1677,7 @@ ACT	16	40	y14i	writing-endofstory		0		This is the end of Paul and Silas’ time
 ACT	16	40	t1pf	figs-go	εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν	1	came to the house	Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 ACT	16	40	ylk9		τὴν Λυδίαν	1	the house of Lydia	“the home of Lydia”
 ACT	16	40	ntc9	figs-gendernotations	ἰδόντες	1	saw the brothers	Here “brothers” refers to believers whether male or female. Alternate translation: “saw the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-ACT	17	intro	gj4c			0		# Acts 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Misunderstandings about the Messiah<br><br>The Jews expected the Christ or Messiah to be a powerful king because the Old Testament says so many times. But it also says many times that the Messiah would suffer, and that was what Paul was telling the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### The religion of Athens<br><br>Paul said that the Athenians were “religious,” but they did not worship the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples and begun to worship the gods of the people they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes for the first time how Paul told the message of Christ to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament.<br>
+ACT	17	intro	gj4c			0		# Acts 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Misunderstandings about the Messiah<br><br>The Jews expected the Christ or Messiah to be a powerful king because the Old Testament says so many times. But it also says many times that the Messiah would suffer, and that was what Paul was telling the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### The religion of Athens<br><br>Paul said that the Athenians were “religious,” but they did not worship the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples and begun to worship the gods of the people they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes for the first time how Paul told the message of Christ to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament.
 ACT	17	1	q9x4			0	General Information:	Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:40](../16/40.md). The word “them” refers to the Jews at the synagogue in Thessalonica.
 ACT	17	1	r3qb			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues the story of Paul, Silas, and Timothy’s missionary trip. They arrive in Thessalonica, apparently without Luke, since he says “they” and not “we.”
 ACT	17	1	e4w5		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story.
@@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ ACT	17	32	jlm5		ἀκούσαντες	1	when they heard of	These are the people
 ACT	17	32	sn6j		οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον	1	some mocked Paul	“some ridiculed Paul” or “some laughed at Paul.” These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life.
 ACT	17	34	psh8	translate-names	Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης	1	Dionysius the Areopagite	Dionysius is a man’s name. Areopagite implies that Dionysius was one of the judges at the council of Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	17	34	hsz3	translate-names	Δάμαρις	1	Damaris	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ACT	18	intro	rky6			0		# Acts 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The baptism of John<br><br>Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but this baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
+ACT	18	intro	rky6			0		# Acts 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The baptism of John<br><br>Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but this baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
 ACT	18	1	jat1	writing-background		0	General Information:	Aquila and Priscilla are introduced to the story and verses 2 and 3 give background information about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	18	1	qa9b			0	Connecting Statement:	This is another part of the story of Paul’s travels as he goes to Corinth.
 ACT	18	1	fky7		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	“After these events took place in Athens”
@@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ ACT	18	27	q5f2		ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς	1	wrote to the disci
 ACT	18	27	f99p		τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος	1	those who believed by grace	“those who had believed in salvation by grace” or “those who by God’s grace believed in Jesus”
 ACT	18	28	l2zt		εὐτόνως…τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ	1	Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate	“In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong”
 ACT	18	28	v4sx		ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν Γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν, Ἰησοῦν	1	showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ	“as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ”
-ACT	19	intro	g38y			0		# Acts 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus’ followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.<br><br>### Temple of Diana<br><br>The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.<br>
+ACT	19	intro	g38y			0		# Acts 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus’ followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.<br><br>### Temple of Diana<br><br>The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.
 ACT	19	1	rhv1			0	General Information:	The “upper country” was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea.
 ACT	19	1	wu6p			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul travels to Ephesus.
 ACT	19	1	lp23		ἐγένετο δὲ	1	It came about that	This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
@@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ ACT	19	39	hxh3		εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε	1
 ACT	19	39	wga5	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται	1	it shall be settled in the regular assembly	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let us settle it in the regular assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ACT	19	39	et5j		τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	the regular assembly	This refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided.
 ACT	19	40	sds7	figs-activepassive	κινδυνεύομεν ἐνκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον	1	in danger of being accused concerning this day’s riot	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	20	intro	u91c			0		# Acts 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes Paul’s last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Race<br><br>Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])<br><br>### “Compelled by the Spirit”<br><br>Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him.<br>
+ACT	20	intro	u91c			0		# Acts 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter Luke describes Paul’s last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Race<br><br>Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])<br><br>### “Compelled by the Spirit”<br><br>Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him.
 ACT	20	1	cwq7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his travels.
 ACT	20	1	y5cq		μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι	1	After the uproar	“After the riot” or “Following the riot”
 ACT	20	1	hr32		ἀσπασάμενος	1	he said farewell	“he said goodbye”
@@ -2112,7 +2112,7 @@ ACT	20	36	u3uc	translate-symaction	θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ…
 ACT	20	37	pb4r		ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου	1	embraced Paul	“hugged him closely” or “put their arms around him”
 ACT	20	37	sze4		κατεφίλουν αὐτόν	1	kissed him	Kissing someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East.
 ACT	20	38	bs3s	figs-synecdoche	οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν	1	they would never see his face again	The word “face” here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “will not see me anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ACT	21	intro	gh1j			0		# Acts 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.<br><br>The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “They are all determined to keep the law”<br><br>The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.<br><br>### Nazarite vow<br>The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../../act/21/23.md)).<br><br>### Gentiles in the temple<br><br>The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.<br>
+ACT	21	intro	gh1j			0		# Acts 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.<br><br>The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “They are all determined to keep the law”<br><br>The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.<br><br>### Nazarite vow<br>The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../../act/21/23.md)).<br><br>### Gentiles in the temple<br><br>The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens.
 ACT	21	1	s3h3	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	21	1	i6f8			0	Connecting Statement:	The writer Luke, Paul, and his companions continue their travels.
 ACT	21	1	zz5h		εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν Κῶ	1	we took a straight course to the city of Cos	“we went straight to the city of Cos” or “we went directly to the city of Cos”
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ ACT	21	40	qp2q	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ	1	the
 ACT	21	40	a4y2		ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν	1	Paul stood on the steps	The word “steps” here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress.
 ACT	21	40	rk1y	figs-explicit	κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	motioned with the hand to the people	It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. Alternate translation: “motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	21	40	xj6i		πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης	1	When there was a deep silence	“When the people were completely silent”
-ACT	22	intro	gq5g			0		# Acts 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “In the Hebrew language”<br><br>Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br>
+ACT	22	intro	gq5g			0		# Acts 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 26](../26/01.md))<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “In the Hebrew language”<br><br>Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew.<br><br>### “The Way”<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.
 ACT	22	1	kq95	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 2 gives background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ACT	22	1	a8ir			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerusalem.
 ACT	22	1	xe46		ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες	1	Brothers and fathers	This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul’s age as well as the older men in the audience.
@@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ ACT	22	29	ii8p		οἱ μέλλοντες…ἀνετάζειν	1	the men who wer
 ACT	22	30	g33i			0	General Information:	Here the word “he” refers to the chief captain.
 ACT	22	30	kx58	figs-metonymy	ἔλυσεν αὐτόν	1	So he untied his bonds	Possibly the “chief officer” stands for the chief officers’ soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the chief captain ordered his soldiers to untie Paul’s bonds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	22	30	c5ia		καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον	1	he brought Paul down	From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts.
-ACT	23	intro	gbw5			0		# Acts 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>### “Called a curse”<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
+ACT	23	intro	gbw5			0		# Acts 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection of the dead<br><br>The Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>### “Called a curse”<br><br>Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do.<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Whitewash<br><br>This is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	23	1	z2sq			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members ([Acts 22:30](../22/30.md)).
 ACT	23	1	jru4		ἀδελφοί	1	Brothers	Here this means “Fellow Jews.”
 ACT	23	1	nn2q		ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας	1	I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day	“I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do”
@@ -2399,7 +2399,7 @@ ACT	23	34	dtx1	figs-quotations	ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρ
 ACT	23	35	dwv2	figs-quotations	ἔφη	1	he said	This sentence, which begins with the words “When he learned” in verse 43, can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Paul said, ‘I am from Cilicia.’ Then the governor said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 ACT	23	35	uji1		διακούσομαί σου	1	I will hear you fully	“I will listen to all you have to say”
 ACT	23	35	mga2		κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν	1	he commanded him to be kept	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he commanded soldiers to keep him” or “commanded soldiers to restrain him”
-ACT	24	intro	j74u			0		# Acts 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])<br>
+ACT	24	intro	j74u			0		# Acts 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 ACT	24	1	qw1r	figs-you		0	General Information:	Here the word “you” refers to Felix, the governor. Here “we” refers to the citizens under Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	24	1	bc8k			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus presents Governor Felix with the charges against Paul.
 ACT	24	1	e8rp		μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας	1	After five days	“five days after the Roman soldiers took Paul to Caesarea”
@@ -2471,7 +2471,7 @@ ACT	24	26	n45p		διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμ
 ACT	24	27	ur2y	translate-names	ὁ…Πόρκιον Φῆστον	1	Porcius Festus	This was the new roman Governor who replaced Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	24	27	p59c	figs-synecdoche	θέλων…χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	wanted to gain favor with the Jews	Here “the Jews” refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “wanted the Jewish leaders to like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ACT	24	27	gln6		ὁ Φῆλιξ…κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον	1	he left Paul to continue under guard	“he left Paul in prison”
-ACT	25	intro	b6uk			0		# Acts 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Favor<br><br>This word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus “wanted to gain the favor of the Jews,” he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>
+ACT	25	intro	b6uk			0		# Acts 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Favor<br><br>This word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus “wanted to gain the favor of the Jews,” he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br><br>### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen.<br>
 ACT	25	1	c84u			0	General Information:	Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 24:27](../24/27.md).
 ACT	25	1	tj76			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea.
 ACT	25	1	w8h3		οὖν	1	Now	This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
@@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ ACT	25	26	jcq2		προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ’ ὑμῶν, καὶ μ
 ACT	25	26	rhy2		ὅπως…σχῶ τι γράψω	1	so that I might have something more to write	“so that I will have something else to write” or “so that I will know what I should write”
 ACT	25	27	txs6	figs-doublenegatives	ἄλογον…μοι δοκεῖ πέμποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ…σημᾶναι	1	it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not also state	The negative words “unreasonable” and “to not” can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “it seems reasonable to me that if I send a prisoner then I should also state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 ACT	25	27	xm65		τὰς κατ’ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας	1	the charges against him	Possible meanings are (1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or (2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul’s case.
-ACT	26	intro	e2q6			0		# Acts 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the third account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 22](../22/01.md))<br><br>Paul told the King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and that the governor should not punish him for that.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
+ACT	26	intro	e2q6			0		# Acts 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the third account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: [Acts 9](../09/01.md) and [Acts 22](../22/01.md))<br><br>Paul told the King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and that the governor should not punish him for that.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
 ACT	26	1	b34d			0	Connecting Statement:	Festus has brought Paul before King Agrippa. In verse 2, Paul gives his defense to King Agrippa.
 ACT	26	1	gz9f		Ἀγρίππας	1	Agrippa	Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine, though he ruled over only a few territories. See how you translated this name in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md).
 ACT	26	1	wme6		ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα	1	stretched out his hand	“held out his hand” or “gestured with his hand”
@@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ ACT	26	30	gaq5			0	Connecting Statement:	This ends Paul’s time before King Agr
 ACT	26	30	u8vl		ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν	1	Then the king stood up, and the governor	“Then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus”
 ACT	26	31	blz8	figs-abstractnouns	οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιον τι πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος	1	This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds	The abstract noun “death” can be stated as the verb “die.” Here “bonds” stands for being in prison. Alternate translation: “This man does not deserve to die or to be in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	26	32	n293	figs-activepassive	ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος	1	This man could have been freed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This man could have gone free” or “I could have freed this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ACT	27	intro	r82x			0		# Acts 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sailing<br><br>People who lived near the sea traveled by boat powered by the wind. During some months of the year, the wind would blow in the wrong direction or so hard that sailing was impossible.<br><br>### Trust<br><br>Paul trusted God to bring him safely to land. He told the sailers and soldiers to trust that God would also keep them alive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Paul breaks bread<br><br>Luke uses almost the same words here to describe Paul taking bread, thanking God, breaking it, and eating it that he used to describe the last supper Jesus ate with his disciples. However, your translation should not make your reader think that Paul was leading a religious celebration here.<br>
+ACT	27	intro	r82x			0		# Acts 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sailing<br><br>People who lived near the sea traveled by boat powered by the wind. During some months of the year, the wind would blow in the wrong direction or so hard that sailing was impossible.<br><br>### Trust<br><br>Paul trusted God to bring him safely to land. He told the sailers and soldiers to trust that God would also keep them alive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Paul breaks bread<br><br>Luke uses almost the same words here to describe Paul taking bread, thanking God, breaking it, and eating it that he used to describe the last supper Jesus ate with his disciples. However, your translation should not make your reader think that Paul was leading a religious celebration here.
 ACT	27	1	efe4	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Adramyttium was a city possibly located on the west coast of modern-day Turkey. The word “we” includes the author of Acts, Paul, and the others traveling with Paul, but not the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	27	1	dyf5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul, as a prisoner, begins his journey to Rome.
 ACT	27	1	b2yz	figs-activepassive	ὡς…ἐκρίθη	1	When it was decided	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When the king and the governor decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2727,7 +2727,7 @@ ACT	27	42	qul7		τῶν…στρατιωτῶν, βουλὴ ἐγένετο	1	T
 ACT	27	43	s2sz		ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος	1	so he stopped their plan	“so he stopped them from doing what they planned to do”
 ACT	27	43	br8u		ἀπορίψαντας	1	jump overboard	“jump off the ship into the water”
 ACT	27	44	hw7p		οὓς…ἐπὶ σανίσιν	1	some on planks	“some on wooden boards”
-ACT	28	intro	w8yn			0		# Acts 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>No one knows for sure why Luke ends his history without telling what happened to Paul after he had been in Rome for two years.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Letters” and “brothers”<br><br>The Jewish leaders were surprised that Paul wanted to speak with them, because they had received no letters from the high priest in Jerusalem telling them that Paul was coming.<br><br>When the Jewish leaders spoke of “brothers,” they were referring to fellow Jews, not to Christians.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “He was a god”<br><br>The native people believed that Paul was a god, but they did not believe that he was the one true God. We do not know why Paul did not tell the native people that he was not a god.<br>
+ACT	28	intro	w8yn			0		# Acts 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>No one knows for sure why Luke ends his history without telling what happened to Paul after he had been in Rome for two years.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Letters” and “brothers”<br><br>The Jewish leaders were surprised that Paul wanted to speak with them, because they had received no letters from the high priest in Jerusalem telling them that Paul was coming.<br><br>When the Jewish leaders spoke of “brothers,” they were referring to fellow Jews, not to Christians.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “He was a god”<br><br>The native people believed that Paul was a god, but they did not believe that he was the one true God. We do not know why Paul did not tell the native people that he was not a god.
 ACT	28	1	p1bd	figs-exclusive		0	General Information:	Here the word “we” refers to Paul, the writer, and those who traveled with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ACT	28	1	twx8			0	Connecting Statement:	After the shipwreck, people on the island of Malta helped Paul and everyone on the ship. They stay there for 3 months.
 ACT	28	1	j1yf	figs-activepassive	καὶ διασωθέντες	1	When we were brought safely through	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When we arrived safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

en_tn_50-EPH.tsv

@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ EPH	4	22	d3j6		τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	old man	The “old ma
 EPH	4	22	qw3d	figs-metaphor	τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης	1	that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires	Paul speaks of the sinful human nature as if it were a dead body falling apart in its grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	23	jy7h	figs-activepassive	ἀνανεοῦσθαι…τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν	1	to be renewed in the spirit of your minds	This may be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “to allow God to change your attitudes and thoughts” or “to allow God to give you new attitudes and thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EPH	4	24	x41y		ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας	1	in true righteousness and holiness	“truly righteous and holy”
-EPH	4	24	abc7	figs-metaphor	ἐνδύσασθαι τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	to put on the new man 	Here seeking to have the character qualities of the new man is spoken of as if they were putting them on like clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EPH	4	24	abc7	figs-metaphor	ἐνδύσασθαι τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	to put on the new man	Here seeking to have the character qualities of the new man is spoken of as if they were putting them on like clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EPH	4	25	abn8		ἀποθέμενοι τὸ ψεῦδος	1	get rid of lies	“stop telling lies”
 EPH	4	25	zh2g		ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων μέλη	1	we are members of one another	“we belong to one another” or “we are members of God’s family”
 EPH	4	26	w8rw		ὀργίζεσθε, καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε	1	Be angry and do not sin	“You may get angry, but do not sin” or “If you become angry, do not sin”

en_tn_57-TIT.tsv

@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ TIT	1	5	ga62		ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ	1	that you
 TIT	1	5	b52u		καταστήσῃς…πρεσβυτέρους	1	ordain elders	**_appoint elders_** or **_designate elders_**
 TIT	1	5	p56w		πρεσβυτέρους	1	elders	In the early Christian churches, Christian elders gave spiritual leadership to the assemblies of believers. This word refers to people who are mature in faith.
 TIT	1	6	wja4			0	Connecting Statement:	Having told Titus to ordain elders in every city on the island of Crete, Paul then gives the requirements for elders.
-TIT	1	6	jen8		εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος	1	if anyone is blameless	This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. Alternate translation: “Choose people who are blameless” or “An elder must be blameless”  o be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “An elder must be without blame” or “An elder must not have a bad reputation”
+TIT	1	6	jen8		εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος	1	if anyone is blameless	This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Titus is to choose men who fit the following description. Alternate translation: “Choose people who are blameless” or “An elder must be blameless” o be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “An elder must be without blame” or “An elder must not have a bad reputation”
 TIT	1	6	ab70	figs-doublenegatives	ἀνέγκλητος	1	blameless	To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: “without blame” This can also be stated positively: “a person who has a good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 TIT	1	6	q6uy	figs-explicit	μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ	1	the husband of one wife	This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 TIT	1	6	wd6q		τέκνα…πιστά	1	faithful children	Possible meanings are (1) children who believe in Jesus or (2) children who are trustworthy.
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ TIT	1	8	xy11	figs-doublet	σώφρονα…ἐγκρατῆ	1	sensible…self-co
 TIT	1	8	xy12	figs-doublet	δίκαιον, ὅσιον	1	righteous, holy	These two terms are very similar in meaning and may be translated by one term if the target language does not have two similar terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 TIT	1	9	xwy6	figs-metaphor	ἀντεχόμενον	1	He should hold tightly to	Paul speaks of devotion to the Christian faith as if it were grasping the faith with one’s hands. Alternate translation: “He should be devoted to” or “He should know well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 TIT	1	9	xy10		κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν	1	that is in accordance with the teaching	**_that agrees with the things that we taught him_**
-TIT	1	9	abcj	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting words **so that** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason (that the elders can help others) is that the elder holds tightly to the trustworthy message, and the result is that the elder is able to encourage others and rebuke those who oppose him. If it is more clear in your language, you may reverse the order of these phrases, connecting them with something like, “because.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+TIT	1	9	abcj	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1	so that	The connecting words **so that** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason (that the elders can help others) is that the elder holds tightly to the trustworthy message, and the result is that the elder is able to encourage others and rebuke those who oppose him. If it is more clear in your language, you may reverse the order of these phrases, connecting them with something like, “because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 TIT	1	9	pzi1		τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ	1	sound teaching	The Greek word rendered at **sound** normally refers to physical health. Paul speaks of this teaching as if it would cause those who believe it to be spiritually healthy, rather than spiritually sick.
 TIT	1	10	xsq9			0	Connecting Statement:	Because of those that would oppose God’s word, Paul gives Titus reasons to preach God’s word and warns him about false teachers.
 TIT	1	10	w9kk		ἀνυπότακτοι, ματαιολόγοι	1	rebellious, empty talkers	These are rebellious people who do not obey the gospel message. Here **empty** is a metaphor for useless, and **empty talkers** are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: “people who refuse to obey and who say useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ TIT	2	12	qy8k	figs-personification	παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς	1	training us
 TIT	2	12	abce	figs-inclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	This includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
 TIT	2	12	lxb3		τὴν ἀσέβειαν	1	godlessness	**_things that dishonor God_**
 TIT	2	12	n3k5		τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας	1	worldly passions	**_strong desires for the things of this world_** or **_strong desires for sinful pleasures_**
-TIT	2	12	xy19		ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς	1	godlessness…godly way 	These terms are direct opposites, meaning **God-dishonoring** and **God-honoring**, respectively.
+TIT	2	12	xy19		ἀσέβειαν…εὐσεβῶς	1	godlessness…godly way	These terms are direct opposites, meaning **God-dishonoring** and **God-honoring**, respectively.
 TIT	2	12	fk8j		ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι	1	in the present age	**_while we live in this world_** or **_during this time_**
 TIT	2	13	rz93		προσδεχόμενοι	1	looking forward to receiving	***waiting to welcome***
 TIT	2	13	xyz6	figs-metonymy	τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα	1	the blessed hope	Here, what is **blessed** is that for which we hope, which is the return of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the wonderful thing for which we hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ TIT	3	12	xy30		σπούδασον	1	hurry	The verb is singular, directed at Titu
 TIT	3	12	gdw9		παραχειμάσαι	1	to spend the winter	**_to stay for the winter_**
 TIT	3	13	a46f	translate-names	Ζηνᾶν…Ἀπολλῶν	1	Zenas…Appollos	These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 TIT	3	13	s757		καὶ Ἀπολλῶν	1	and Apollos	**_and also Apollos_**
-TIT	3	13	j496		σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον	1	Diligently send on their way 	**_Do not delay in sending_**
+TIT	3	13	j496		σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον	1	Diligently send on their way	**_Do not delay in sending_**
 TIT	3	13	xy31	figs-doublenegatives	ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ	1	so that they lack nothing	This can be stated positively: “so that they have everything that they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 TIT	3	14	v7wg			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul explains that it is important for all believers to provide for those who have needs.
 TIT	3	14	fw98		οἱ ἡμέτεροι	1	our own	Paul is referring to the believers in Crete. Alternate translation: “our own people”

en_tn_60-JAS.tsv

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JAS	front	intro	exs3			0		# Introduction to James<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of James<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1)<br>1. Testing and maturity (1:2-18)<br>1. Hearing and doing the Word of God (1:19-27)<br>1. True faith seen in works<br>- Word of God (1:19-27)<br>- Royal law of love (2:1-13)<br>- Works (2:14-26)<br>1. Difficulties in community<br>- Dangers of the tongue (3:1-12)<br>- Wisdom from above (3:13-18)<br>- Worldly desires (4:1-12)<br>1. God’s perspective on your decisions<br>- Boasting about tomorrow (4:13-17)<br>- Warning about riches (5:1-6)<br>- Suffering with patience (5:7-11)<br>1. Closing exhortations<br>- Oaths (5:12)<br>- Prayer and healing (5:13-18)<br>- Care for one another (5:19-20)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of James?<br><br>The author identifies himself as James. This was probably James, the half-brother of Jesus. James was a leader in the early church and was part of the Jerusalem council. The Apostle Paul also called him a “pillar” of the church.<br><br>This is not the same man as the Apostle James. The Apostle James was killed before this letter was written.<br><br>### What is the Book of James about?<br><br>In this letter, James encouraged believers who were suffering. He told them know that God uses their suffering to help them become mature Christians. James also told them of the need for believers to do good deeds. He wrote much in this letter about how believers should live and treat one another. For example, he commanded them to treat one another fairly, to not fight with one another, and to use riches wisely.<br><br>James taught his readers by using many examples from nature such as in 1:6, 11 and 3:1-12. Also, many parts of this letter are similar to what Jesus wrote in the Sermon on the Mount (Mat 5-7).<br><br>### Who were the “twelve tribes in the dispersion”?<br><br>James said he was writing to the “twelve tribes in the dispersion” (1:1). Some scholars think that James was writing to Jewish Christians. Other scholars think that James was writing to all Christians in general. This letter is known as one of the “General Epistles” since it was not written to a specific church or individual.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “James.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “A Letter from James” or “The Letter James Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did James disagree with Paul about how a person is justified before God?<br><br>Paul taught in Romans that Christians are justified by faith and not by works. James seems to teach that Christians are justified by works. This can be confusing. But a better understanding of what Paul and James taught shows that they agree with one another. Both of them taught that a person needs faith in order to be justified. And they both taught that true faith will cause a person to do good works. Paul and James taught about these things in different ways because they had different audiences who needed to know different things about being justified. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should the translator signal transitions between topics in the Book of James?<br><br>The letter quickly changes topics. Sometimes James does not tell the readers that he is about to change topics. It is acceptable to allow the verses to appear disconnected from each other. It may make sense to set the passages apart by starting a new line or putting a space between topics.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of James?<br><br>* “Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is useless?” (2:20). The ULT, UST, and modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is dead?” If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
-JAS	1	intro	pz2q			0		# James 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>James formally introduces this letter in verse 1. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Testing and temptation<br><br>These two words occur together in ([James 1:12-13](./12.md)). Both words speak of a person who is able to choose between doing something good and doing something evil. The difference between them is important. God is testing the person and wants him to do what is good. Satan is tempting the person and wants him to do what is evil.<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that a man who passes the test receives is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>James uses many metaphors in this chapter, and you will need to understand the material on the metaphor page before you can translate them well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “To the twelve tribes in the dispersion”<br><br>It is not clear to whom James wrote this letter. He calls himself a servant of the Lord Jesus Christ, so he was probably writing to Christians. But he calls his readers “the twelve tribes in the dispersion,” words which usually refer to Jews. It is possible that he is using the words as a metaphor for “all people whom God has chosen” or that he wrote the letter at a time when most Christians had grown up as Jews.<br>
+JAS	front	intro	exs3			0		# Introduction to James<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of James<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1)<br>1. Testing and maturity (1:2-18)<br>1. Hearing and doing the Word of God (1:19-27)<br>1. True faith seen in works<br>- Word of God (1:19-27)<br>- Royal law of love (2:1-13)<br>- Works (2:14-26)<br>1. Difficulties in community<br>- Dangers of the tongue (3:1-12)<br>- Wisdom from above (3:13-18)<br>- Worldly desires (4:1-12)<br>1. God’s perspective on your decisions<br>- Boasting about tomorrow (4:13-17)<br>- Warning about riches (5:1-6)<br>- Suffering with patience (5:7-11)<br>1. Closing exhortations<br>- Oaths (5:12)<br>- Prayer and healing (5:13-18)<br>- Care for one another (5:19-20)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of James?<br><br>The author identifies himself as James. This was probably James, the half-brother of Jesus. James was a leader in the early church and was part of the Jerusalem council. The Apostle Paul also called him a “pillar” of the church.<br><br>This is not the same man as the Apostle James. The Apostle James was killed before this letter was written.<br><br>### What is the Book of James about?<br><br>In this letter, James encouraged believers who were suffering. He told them know that God uses their suffering to help them become mature Christians. James also told them of the need for believers to do good deeds. He wrote much in this letter about how believers should live and treat one another. For example, he commanded them to treat one another fairly, to not fight with one another, and to use riches wisely.<br><br>James taught his readers by using many examples from nature such as in 1:6, 11 and 3:1-12. Also, many parts of this letter are similar to what Jesus wrote in the Sermon on the Mount (Mat 5-7).<br><br>### Who were the “twelve tribes in the dispersion”?<br><br>James said he was writing to the “twelve tribes in the dispersion” (1:1). Some scholars think that James was writing to Jewish Christians. Other scholars think that James was writing to all Christians in general. This letter is known as one of the “General Epistles” since it was not written to a specific church or individual.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “James.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “A Letter from James” or “The Letter James Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did James disagree with Paul about how a person is justified before God?<br><br>Paul taught in Romans that Christians are justified by faith and not by works. James seems to teach that Christians are justified by works. This can be confusing. But a better understanding of what Paul and James taught shows that they agree with one another. Both of them taught that a person needs faith in order to be justified. And they both taught that true faith will cause a person to do good works. Paul and James taught about these things in different ways because they had different audiences who needed to know different things about being justified. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should the translator signal transitions between topics in the Book of James?<br><br>The letter quickly changes topics. Sometimes James does not tell the readers that he is about to change topics. It is acceptable to allow the verses to appear disconnected from each other. It may make sense to set the passages apart by starting a new line or putting a space between topics.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of James?<br><br>* “Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is useless?” (2:20). The ULT, UST, and modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Do you want to know, foolish man, that faith without works is dead?” If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JAS	1	intro	pz2q			0		# James 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>James formally introduces this letter in verse 1. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Testing and temptation<br><br>These two words occur together in ([James 1:12-13](./12.md)). Both words speak of a person who is able to choose between doing something good and doing something evil. The difference between them is important. God is testing the person and wants him to do what is good. Satan is tempting the person and wants him to do what is evil.<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that a man who passes the test receives is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>James uses many metaphors in this chapter, and you will need to understand the material on the metaphor page before you can translate them well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “To the twelve tribes in the dispersion”<br><br>It is not clear to whom James wrote this letter. He calls himself a servant of the Lord Jesus Christ, so he was probably writing to Christians. But he calls his readers “the twelve tribes in the dispersion,” words which usually refer to Jews. It is possible that he is using the words as a metaphor for “all people whom God has chosen” or that he wrote the letter at a time when most Christians had grown up as Jews.
 JAS	1	1	ssc8			0	General Information:	The apostle James writes this letter to all the Christians. Many of them were Jews, and they lived in many different places.
 JAS	1	1	pkt2	figs-explicit	Ἰάκωβος, Θεοῦ καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δοῦλος	1	James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ	The phrase “this letter is from” is implied. Alternate translation: “This letter is from James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	1	1	l4i7	figs-synecdoche	ταῖς δώδεκα φυλαῖς	1	to the twelve tribes	Possible meanings are (1) this is a synecdoche for Jewish Christians, or (2) this is a metaphor for all Christians. Alternate translation: “to God’s faithful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ JAS	1	27	skf4	figs-metaphor	παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί	1	before
 JAS	1	27	iiv2		ὀρφανοὺς	1	the fatherless	“the orphans”
 JAS	1	27	r8nj		ἐν τῇ θλίψει αὐτῶν	1	in their affliction	The fatherless and widows are suffering because their fathers or husbands have died.
 JAS	1	27	nmf7	figs-metaphor	ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου	1	to keep oneself unstained by the world	Sin in the world is spoken of as something dirty that can stain a person. Alternate translation: “to not allow the evil in the world to cause oneself to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	2	intro	f5zd			0		# James 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Favoritism<br><br>Some of James’s readers treated rich and powerful people well and treated poor people badly. This is called favoritism, and James tells them that this is wrong. God wants his people to treat both rich people and poor people well.<br><br>### Justification<br><br>Justification is what happens when God makes a person righteous. James says here that God makes righteous or justifies people who do good works along with having faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Quotation marks<br><br>The words “Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works” are hard to understand. Some people think that they are what “someone may say,” like the words in the quotation marks. Most versions translate them as words that James is saying back to that “someone.”<br><br>### “You have…I have”<br><br>Some people think that the words “you” and “I” are metonyms for “some people” and “other people.” If they are correct, verse 18 could be translated, “Someone may say, ‘Some people have faith and other people have works. Not everyone has both.’” If the next sentence is also what “someone may say,” it could be translated “Some people show their faith without works, and other people show their faith by their works. Both have faith.” In both cases, the reader will understand only if you add the extra sentence. It is probably best to translate as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
+JAS	2	intro	f5zd			0		# James 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Favoritism<br><br>Some of James’s readers treated rich and powerful people well and treated poor people badly. This is called favoritism, and James tells them that this is wrong. God wants his people to treat both rich people and poor people well.<br><br>### Justification<br><br>Justification is what happens when God makes a person righteous. James says here that God makes righteous or justifies people who do good works along with having faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Quotation marks<br><br>The words “Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith by my works” are hard to understand. Some people think that they are what “someone may say,” like the words in the quotation marks. Most versions translate them as words that James is saying back to that “someone.”<br><br>### “You have…I have”<br><br>Some people think that the words “you” and “I” are metonyms for “some people” and “other people.” If they are correct, verse 18 could be translated, “Someone may say, ‘Some people have faith and other people have works. Not everyone has both.’” If the next sentence is also what “someone may say,” it could be translated “Some people show their faith without works, and other people show their faith by their works. Both have faith.” In both cases, the reader will understand only if you add the extra sentence. It is probably best to translate as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	1	ici9			0	Connecting Statement:	James continues to tell the scattered Jewish believers how to live by loving one another and reminds them not to favor rich people over poor brothers.
 JAS	2	1	kab4		ἀδελφοί μου	1	My brothers	James considers his audience to be Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” or “My brothers and sisters in Christ”
 JAS	2	1	qs2x	figs-metaphor	ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	hold to faith in our Lord Jesus Christ	Believing in Jesus Christ is spoken of as if it were an object that one could hold onto. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ JAS	2	25	bx6i	figs-metaphor	ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη	1	justified by
 JAS	2	25	af9u		ἀγγέλους	1	messengers	people who bring news from another place
 JAS	2	25	xm5m		ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα	1	sent them away by another road	“then helped them escape and leave the city”
 JAS	2	26	uum8	figs-metaphor	ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος νεκρόν ἐστιν, οὕτως καὶ ἡ πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων νεκρά ἐστιν	1	For as the body apart from the spirit is dead, even so faith apart from works is dead	James is speaking of faith without works as if it were a dead body without the spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	3	intro	py3p			0		# James 03 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>James teaches his readers that they should live to please God by reminding them of things that they know from everyday life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
+JAS	3	intro	py3p			0		# James 03 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>James teaches his readers that they should live to please God by reminding them of things that they know from everyday life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	1	p4uu	figs-genericnoun	μὴ πολλοὶ	1	Not many of you	James is making a generalized statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JAS	3	1	c36b		ἀδελφοί μου	1	my brothers	“my fellow believers”
 JAS	3	1	aw5f	figs-explicit	μεῖζον κρίμα λημψόμεθα.	1	we who teach will be judged more strictly	This passage speaks of stricter judgment that will come from God on those who teach others about him. Alternate translation: “God will judge us who teach more severely because we know his word better than some people whom we have taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ JAS	3	17	hfh9	figs-metaphor	μεστὴ ἐλέους καὶ καρπῶν ἀ
 JAS	3	17	by2l		ἀνυπόκριτος	1	and sincere	“and honest” or “and truthful”
 JAS	3	18	md56	figs-metaphor	καρπὸς…δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπείρεται, τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην	1	The fruit of righteousness is sown in peace among those who make peace	People making peace is spoken of as if they were sowing seeds, and righteousness is spoken of as if it were the fruit that grows up as a result of making peace. Alternate translation: “The result of making peace is righteousness” or “Those who work peacefully to help people live in peace produce righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	18	htr1	figs-abstractnouns	ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην	1	make peace	The abstract noun “peace” can be stated as “peacefully.” Alternate translation: “cause people to live peacefully” or “help people not to be angry with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JAS	4	intro	r6vv			0		# James 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Adultery<br><br>Writers in the Bible often speak of adultery as a metaphor for people who say they love God but do things that God hates. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Law<br><br>James probably uses this word in [James 4:11](../../jas/04/11.md) to refer to “the royal law” ([James 2:8](../../jas/02/08.md)).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>James asks many questions because he wants his readers to think about how they are living. He wants to correct and teach them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Humble<br><br>This word probably usually refers to people who are not proud. James uses the word here to refer to people who are not proud and who also trust in Jesus and obey him.<br>
+JAS	4	intro	r6vv			0		# James 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Adultery<br><br>Writers in the Bible often speak of adultery as a metaphor for people who say they love God but do things that God hates. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Law<br><br>James probably uses this word in [James 4:11](../../jas/04/11.md) to refer to “the royal law” ([James 2:8](../../jas/02/08.md)).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>James asks many questions because he wants his readers to think about how they are living. He wants to correct and teach them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Humble<br><br>This word probably usually refers to people who are not proud. James uses the word here to refer to people who are not proud and who also trust in Jesus and obey him.
 JAS	4	1	q3pd			0	General Information:	In this section, the words “yourselves,” “your,” and “you” are plural and refer to the believers to whom James writes.
 JAS	4	1	k21j			0	Connecting Statement:	James rebukes these believers for their worldliness and their lack of humility. He again urges them to watch how they speak to and about each other.
 JAS	4	1	ub82	figs-doublet	πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν?	1	Where do quarrels and disputes among you come from?	The abstract nouns “quarrels” and “disputes” mean basically the same thing and can be translated with verbs. Alternate translation: “Why do you quarrel and dispute among yourselves?” or “Why do you fight among yourselves?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ JAS	4	14	a9v2	figs-metaphor	ἀτμὶς γάρ ἐστε, ἡ πρὸς ὀλί
 JAS	4	15	gj65		ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγειν ὑμᾶς	1	Instead, you should say	“Instead, your attitude should be”
 JAS	4	15	e1il		ζήσομεν καὶ ποιήσομεν, τοῦτο ἢ ἐκεῖνο	1	we will live and do this or that	“we will live long enough to do what we have planned to do.” The word “we” does not directly refer to James or his audience but is part of the example of how James’ audience should consider the future.
 JAS	4	17	q84z		εἰδότι οὖν καλὸν ποιεῖν, καὶ μὴ ποιοῦντι, ἁμαρτία αὐτῷ ἐστιν.	1	for anyone who knows to do good but does not do it, for him it is sin	Anyone who fails to do the good he knows he should do is guilty of sin.
-JAS	5	intro	ud8q			0		# James 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eternity<br>This chapter contrasts living for things of this world, which will not last, with living for things that will last for eternity. It is also important to live with the expectation that Jesus will return soon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### Oaths<br>Scholars are divided over whether this passage teaches all oaths are wrong. Most scholars believe some oaths are permissible and James instead is teaching Christians to have integrity.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br>This story will be difficult to understand if the books of 1 and 2 Kings and 1 and 2 Chronicles have not yet been translated.<br><br>### “Save his soul from death”<br>This probably teaches that the person who stops their sinful lifestyle will not be punished with physical death as a consequence of their sin. On the other hand, some scholars believe this passage teaches about eternal salvation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
+JAS	5	intro	ud8q			0		# James 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eternity<br>This chapter contrasts living for things of this world, which will not last, with living for things that will last for eternity. It is also important to live with the expectation that Jesus will return soon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### Oaths<br>Scholars are divided over whether this passage teaches all oaths are wrong. Most scholars believe some oaths are permissible and James instead is teaching Christians to have integrity.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br>This story will be difficult to understand if the books of 1 and 2 Kings and 1 and 2 Chronicles have not yet been translated.<br><br>### “Save his soul from death”<br>This probably teaches that the person who stops their sinful lifestyle will not be punished with physical death as a consequence of their sin. On the other hand, some scholars believe this passage teaches about eternal salvation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
 JAS	5	1	phs3			0	Connecting Statement:	James warns rich people about their focus on pleasure and riches.
 JAS	5	1	gel9	figs-explicit	οἱ πλούσιοι	1	you who are rich	Possible meanings are (1) James is giving a strong warning to wealthy believers or (2) James is talking about wealthy unbelievers. Alternate translation: “you who are rich and say you honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	1	l3wd	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ ταῖς ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν ταῖς ἐπερχομέναις	1	because of the miseries coming on you	James states that these people will suffer terribly in the future and writes as if their sufferings were objects that were coming toward them. The abstract noun “miseries” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “because you will suffer terribly in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

en_tn_61-1PE.tsv

@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	4	18	wb4v	figs-doublet	ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς	1	the ungodly and the sinner	The words “ungodly” and “sinner” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	4	19	qm3u	figs-synecdoche	παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν	1	entrust their souls	Here the word “souls” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “entrust themselves” or “entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1PE	4	19	wih1	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ	1	in well-doing	The abstract noun “well-doing” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	5	intro	a6d9			0		# 1 Peter 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the  Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	5	intro	a6d9			0		# 1 Peter 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	5	1	s8fr			0	General Information:	Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders.
 1PE	5	1	yb3l	figs-activepassive	τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης	1	the glory that will be revealed	This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the glory of Christ that God will reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1PE	5	2	a5s7	figs-metaphor	ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Be shepherds of God’s flock	Peter speaks of the believers as a flock of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

en_tn_65-3JN.tsv

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 3JN	1	4	w79m	figs-metaphor	τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα	1	my children	John speaks of those he taught to believe in Jesus as though they were his children. This emphasizes his love and concern for them. It could also be that he himself led them to the Lord. Alternate translation: “my spiritual children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 3JN	1	5	vl13			0	Connecting Statement:	John’s purpose in writing this letter is to compliment Gaius in the way he took care of traveling Bible teachers; then he talks about two people, one evil and one good.
 3JN	1	5	tmh1		ἀγαπητέ	1	Beloved	Here **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer.
-3JN	1	5	gs6x		πιστὸν ποιεῖς	1	you are doing a faithful thing 	**_you are doing what is faithful to God_** or **_you are being loyal to God_**
+3JN	1	5	gs6x		πιστὸν ποιεῖς	1	you are doing a faithful thing	**_you are doing what is faithful to God_** or **_you are being loyal to God_**
 3JN	1	5	g4gz		ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους	1	whenever you work for the brothers, and this for strangers	**_help fellow believers and those you do not know_**
 3JN	1	6	wzf6		οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας	1	who have borne witness of your love in the presence of the church	These words describe the **strangers** (verse 5). **_strangers who have told the believers in the church about how you have loved them_**
 3JN	1	6	pb64		καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας	1	You do well to send them on their journey	John is thanking Gaius for his normal practice of helping these believers.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 3JN	1	12	s712	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν	1	And we also bear witness	What John is confirming is implied and can be made specific here. Alternate translation: “And we also speak well of Demetrius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 3JN	1	12	a16a	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	we	Here **we** refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 3JN	1	13	v27c			0	General Information:	This is the end of John’s letter to Gaius. He gives some final remarks and closes with a greeting.
-3JN	1	13	am6k	figs-metonymy	οὐ θέλω διὰ μέλανος καὶ καλάμου σοι γράφειν	1	I do not wish to write them to you with ink and pen	This is a metonymy, **ink and pen** standing for the process of writing. John is not saying that he would write them with something other than ink and pen. He is saying that he does not wish to write these other things at all.  Alternate translation: “I do not want to write about them to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+3JN	1	13	am6k	figs-metonymy	οὐ θέλω διὰ μέλανος καὶ καλάμου σοι γράφειν	1	I do not wish to write them to you with ink and pen	This is a metonymy, **ink and pen** standing for the process of writing. John is not saying that he would write them with something other than ink and pen. He is saying that he does not wish to write these other things at all. Alternate translation: “I do not want to write about them to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 3JN	1	14	r8i4	figs-idiom	στόμα πρὸς στόμα	1	mouth to mouth	Here **mouth to mouth** is an idiom, meaning **_in person_**. Alternate translation: “in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 3JN	1	15	v8yj		εἰρήνη σοι	1	Peace to you	**_May God give you peace_**
 3JN	1	15	mhs1		ἀσπάζονταί σε οἱ φίλοι	1	The friends greet you	**_The friends here greet you_**